Eric Lee / smarc-uboot

Download as
Browse Code ยป

Commit 046a37bd53f479915bcd5041e0834dad576371a2

Authored by Sonny Rao
Committed by Wolfgang Denk
1 parent 9785c905cf
Exists in master and in 54 other branches 8qm-imx_v2020.04_5.4.70_2.3.0, emb_lf_v2022.04, imx_v2015.04_4.1.15_1.0.0_ga, pitx_8mp_lf_v2020.04, smarc-8m-android-10.0.0_2.6.0, smarc-8m-android-11.0.0_2.0.0, smarc-8mp-android-11.0.0_2.0.0, smarc-emmc-imx_v2014.04_3.10.53_1.1.0_ga, smarc-emmc-imx_v2014.04_3.14.28_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx-l5.0.0_1.0.0-ga, smarc-imx6_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc-imx7_v2017.03_4.9.11_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx7_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2014.04_3.14.28_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2015.04_4.1.15_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2017.03_4.9.11_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2017.03_4.9.88_2.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2017.03_o8.1.0_1.3.0_8m, smarc-imx_v2018.03_4.14.78_1.0.0_ga, smarc-m6.0.1_2.1.0-ga, smarc-n7.1.2_2.0.0-ga, smarc-rel_imx_4.1.15_2.0.0_ga, smarc_8m-imx_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc_8m-imx_v2019.04_4.19.35_1.1.0, smarc_8m_00d0-imx_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc_8mm-imx_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc_8mm-imx_v2019.04_4.19.35_1.1.0, smarc_8mm-imx_v2020.04_5.4.24_2.1.0, smarc_8mp_lf_v2020.04, smarc_8mq-imx_v2020.04_5.4.24_2.1.0, smarc_8mq_lf_v2020.04, ti-u-boot-2015.07, u-boot-2013.01.y, v2013.10, v2013.10-smarct33, v2013.10-smartmen, v2014.01, v2014.04, v2014.04-smarct33, v2014.04-smarct33-emmc, v2014.04-smartmen, v2014.07, v2014.07-smarct33, v2014.07-smartmen, v2015.07-smarct33, v2015.07-smarct33-emmc, v2015.07-smarct4x, v2016.05-dlt, v2016.05-smarct3x, v2016.05-smarct3x-emmc, v2016.05-smarct4x, v2017.01-smarct3x, v2017.01-smarct3x-emmc, v2017.01-smarct4x

Add safe vsnprintf and snprintf library functions 

From: Sonny Rao <sonnyrao@chromium.org>

These functions are useful in U-Boot because they allow a graceful failure
rather than an unpredictable stack overflow when printf() buffers are
exceeded.

Mostly copied from the Linux kernel. I copied vscnprintf and
scnprintf so we can change printf and vprintf to use the safe
implementation but still return the correct values.

(Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> modified this commit a little)

Signed-off-by: Sonny Rao <sonnyrao@chromium.org>

Showing 3 changed files with 241 additions and 52 deletions Inline Diff

1 # 1 #
2 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2011 2 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2011
3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4 # 4 #
5 # See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this 5 # See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6 # project. 6 # project.
7 # 7 #
8 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or 8 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9 # modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as 9 # modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10 # published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of 10 # published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11 # the License, or (at your option) any later version. 11 # the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12 # 12 #
13 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 13 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 14 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 15 # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 # GNU General Public License for more details. 16 # GNU General Public License for more details.
17 # 17 #
18 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 18 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software 19 # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, 20 # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21 # MA 02111-1307 USA 21 # MA 02111-1307 USA
22 # 22 #
23 23
24 Summary: 24 Summary:
25 ======== 25 ========
26 26
27 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for 27 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
28 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other 28 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to 29 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application 30 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31 code. 31 code.
32 32
33 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of 33 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
34 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some 34 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35 header files in common, and special provision has been made to 35 header files in common, and special provision has been made to
36 support booting of Linux images. 36 support booting of Linux images.
37 37
38 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily 38 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are 39 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to 40 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used 41 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can 42 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43 load and run it dynamically. 43 load and run it dynamically.
44 44
45 45
46 Status: 46 Status:
47 ======= 47 =======
48 48
49 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the 49 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
50 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered 50 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
51 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. 51 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52 52
53 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out 53 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
54 who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board 54 who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55 maintainers. 55 maintainers.
56 56
57 57
58 Where to get help: 58 Where to get help:
59 ================== 59 ==================
60 60
61 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for 61 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
62 U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at 62 U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
63 <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic 63 <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
64 on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. 64 on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
65 Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and 65 Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
66 http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot 66 http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
67 67
68 68
69 Where to get source code: 69 Where to get source code:
70 ========================= 70 =========================
71 71
72 The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at 72 The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
73 git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at 73 git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
74 http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary 74 http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
75 75
76 The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of 76 The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
77 any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also 77 any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
78 available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ 78 available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
79 directory. 79 directory.
80 80
81 Pre-built (and tested) images are available from 81 Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
82 ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ 82 ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
83 83
84 84
85 Where we come from: 85 Where we come from:
86 =================== 86 ===================
87 87
88 - start from 8xxrom sources 88 - start from 8xxrom sources
89 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) 89 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
90 - clean up code 90 - clean up code
91 - make it easier to add custom boards 91 - make it easier to add custom boards
92 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs 92 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
93 - extend functions, especially: 93 - extend functions, especially:
94 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader 94 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
95 * S-Record download 95 * S-Record download
96 * network boot 96 * network boot
97 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot 97 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
98 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) 98 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
99 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) 99 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
100 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) 100 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
101 - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot 101 - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
102 102
103 103
104 Names and Spelling: 104 Names and Spelling:
105 =================== 105 ===================
106 106
107 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling 107 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
108 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments 108 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
109 in source files etc.). Example: 109 in source files etc.). Example:
110 110
111 This is the README file for the U-Boot project. 111 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
112 112
113 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: 113 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
114 114
115 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h 115 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
116 116
117 #include <asm/u-boot.h> 117 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
118 118
119 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on 119 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
120 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: 120 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
121 121
122 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo 122 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
123 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start 123 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
124 124
125 125
126 Versioning: 126 Versioning:
127 =========== 127 ===========
128 128
129 Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases 129 Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
130 were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning 130 were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
131 into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by 131 into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
132 names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. 132 names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
133 Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix 133 Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
134 releases in "stable" maintenance trees. 134 releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
135 135
136 Examples: 136 Examples:
137 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 137 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
138 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree 138 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
139 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release 139 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
140 140
141 141
142 Directory Hierarchy: 142 Directory Hierarchy:
143 ==================== 143 ====================
144 144
145 /arch Architecture specific files 145 /arch Architecture specific files
146 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture 146 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
147 /cpu CPU specific files 147 /cpu CPU specific files
148 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs 148 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
149 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs 149 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
150 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU 150 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
151 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs 151 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
152 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs 152 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
153 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs 153 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
154 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs 154 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
155 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs 155 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
156 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs 156 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
157 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs 157 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
158 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs 158 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
159 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs 159 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files 160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture 161 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files 162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files 163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture 164 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files 165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /lib Architecture specific library files 166 /lib Architecture specific library files
167 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture 167 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
168 /cpu CPU specific files 168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files 169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture 170 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files 171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs 172 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
173 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs 173 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
174 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs 174 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
175 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs 175 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
176 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs 176 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
177 /lib Architecture specific library files 177 /lib Architecture specific library files
178 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture 178 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
179 /cpu CPU specific files 179 /cpu CPU specific files
180 /lib Architecture specific library files 180 /lib Architecture specific library files
181 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture 181 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
182 /cpu CPU specific files 182 /cpu CPU specific files
183 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs 183 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
184 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs 184 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
185 /lib Architecture specific library files 185 /lib Architecture specific library files
186 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture 186 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files 187 /cpu CPU specific files
188 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs 188 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files 189 /lib Architecture specific library files
190 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture 190 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files 191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /lib Architecture specific library files 192 /lib Architecture specific library files
193 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture 193 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
194 /cpu CPU specific files 194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs 195 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
196 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs 196 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
197 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs 197 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
198 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs 198 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
199 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs 199 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
200 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs 200 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
201 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs 201 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
202 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs 202 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
203 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs 203 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
204 /lib Architecture specific library files 204 /lib Architecture specific library files
205 /sh Files generic to SH architecture 205 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files 206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs 207 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
208 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs 208 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
209 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs 209 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
210 /lib Architecture specific library files 210 /lib Architecture specific library files
211 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture 211 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
212 /cpu CPU specific files 212 /cpu CPU specific files
213 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU 213 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
214 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU 214 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
215 /lib Architecture specific library files 215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216 /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps 216 /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
217 /board Board dependent files 217 /board Board dependent files
218 /common Misc architecture independent functions 218 /common Misc architecture independent functions
219 /disk Code for disk drive partition handling 219 /disk Code for disk drive partition handling
220 /doc Documentation (don't expect too much) 220 /doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
221 /drivers Commonly used device drivers 221 /drivers Commonly used device drivers
222 /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. 222 /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
223 /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) 223 /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
224 /include Header Files 224 /include Header Files
225 /lib Files generic to all architectures 225 /lib Files generic to all architectures
226 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees 226 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
227 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression 227 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
228 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression 228 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
229 /net Networking code 229 /net Networking code
230 /post Power On Self Test 230 /post Power On Self Test
231 /rtc Real Time Clock drivers 231 /rtc Real Time Clock drivers
232 /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. 232 /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
233 233
234 Software Configuration: 234 Software Configuration:
235 ======================= 235 =======================
236 236
237 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the 237 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
238 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. 238 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
239 239
240 There are two classes of configuration variables: 240 There are two classes of configuration variables:
241 241
242 * Configuration _OPTIONS_: 242 * Configuration _OPTIONS_:
243 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with 243 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
244 "CONFIG_". 244 "CONFIG_".
245 245
246 * Configuration _SETTINGS_: 246 * Configuration _SETTINGS_:
247 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if 247 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
248 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with 248 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
249 "CONFIG_SYS_". 249 "CONFIG_SYS_".
250 250
251 Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even 251 Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
252 identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to 252 identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
253 do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic 253 do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
254 links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards 254 links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
255 as an example here. 255 as an example here.
256 256
257 257
258 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: 258 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
259 --------------------------------------------------- 259 ---------------------------------------------------
260 260
261 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default 261 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
262 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config". 262 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
263 263
264 Example: For a TQM823L module type: 264 Example: For a TQM823L module type:
265 265
266 cd u-boot 266 cd u-boot
267 make TQM823L_config 267 make TQM823L_config
268 268
269 For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well; 269 For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
270 e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent 270 e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
271 directory according to the instructions in cogent/README. 271 directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
272 272
273 273
274 Configuration Options: 274 Configuration Options:
275 ---------------------- 275 ----------------------
276 276
277 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all 277 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
278 such information is kept in a configuration file 278 such information is kept in a configuration file
279 "include/configs/<board_name>.h". 279 "include/configs/<board_name>.h".
280 280
281 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in 281 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
282 "include/configs/TQM823L.h". 282 "include/configs/TQM823L.h".
283 283
284 284
285 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux 285 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
286 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to 286 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
287 build a config tool - later. 287 build a config tool - later.
288 288
289 289
290 The following options need to be configured: 290 The following options need to be configured:
291 291
292 - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. 292 - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
293 293
294 - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. 294 - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
295 295
296 - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) 296 - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
297 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 297 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
298 298
299 - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 299 - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define exactly one of 300 Define exactly one of
301 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD 301 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
302 --- FIXME --- not tested yet: 302 --- FIXME --- not tested yet:
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, 303 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
304 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 304 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
305 305
306 - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 306 - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
307 Define exactly one of 307 Define exactly one of
308 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 308 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
309 309
310 - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 310 - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define one or more of 311 Define one or more of
312 CONFIG_CMA302 312 CONFIG_CMA302
313 313
314 - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) 314 - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
315 Define one or more of 315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on 316 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
317 the LCD display every second with 317 the LCD display every second with
318 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ 318 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
319 319
320 - Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined) 320 - Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
321 CONFIG_ADSTYPE 321 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
322 Possible values are: 322 Possible values are:
323 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS 323 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
324 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS 324 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
325 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR 325 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
326 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS 326 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
327 327
328 - Marvell Family Member 328 - Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable 329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time 330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family 331 for marvell soc family
332 332
333 - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined) 333 - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
334 Define exactly one of 334 Define exactly one of
335 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245 335 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
336 336
337 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) 337 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
338 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if 338 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
339 get_gclk_freq() cannot work 339 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
340 e.g. if there is no 32KHz 340 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
341 reference PIT/RTC clock 341 reference PIT/RTC clock
342 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK 342 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
343 or XTAL/EXTAL) 343 or XTAL/EXTAL)
344 344
345 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): 345 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
346 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN 346 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
347 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX 347 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
348 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT 348 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
349 See doc/README.MPC866 349 See doc/README.MPC866
350 350
351 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK 351 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
352 352
353 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead 353 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
354 of relying on the correctness of the configured 354 of relying on the correctness of the configured
355 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure 355 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
356 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note 356 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
357 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz 357 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
358 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) 358 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
359 359
360 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE 360 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
361 361
362 Define this option if you want to enable the 362 Define this option if you want to enable the
363 ICache only when Code runs from RAM. 363 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
364 364
365 - 85xx CPU Options: 365 - 85xx CPU Options:
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV 366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367 367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the 368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ 369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. 370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371 371
372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT 372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373 373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device 374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform. 375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376 376
377 - Intel Monahans options: 377 - Intel Monahans options:
378 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO 378 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
379 379
380 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator 380 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
381 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core 381 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
382 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. 382 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
383 383
384 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO 384 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
385 385
386 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator 386 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
387 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and 387 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
388 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied 388 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
389 by this value. 389 by this value.
390 390
391 - MIPS CPU options: 391 - MIPS CPU options:
392 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET 392 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
393 393
394 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack 394 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
395 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before 395 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
396 relocation. 396 relocation.
397 397
398 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE 398 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
399 399
400 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. 400 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
401 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. 401 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
402 Possible values are: 402 Possible values are:
403 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA 403 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
404 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA 404 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
405 CONF_CM_UNCACHED 405 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
406 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT 406 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
407 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE 407 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
408 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW 408 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
409 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW 409 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
410 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED 410 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
411 411
412 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG 412 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
413 413
414 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. 414 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
415 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. 415 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
416 416
417 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES 417 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
418 418
419 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq 419 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
420 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to 420 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
421 be swapped if a flash programmer is used. 421 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
422 422
423 - Linux Kernel Interface: 423 - Linux Kernel Interface:
424 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ 424 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
425 425
426 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz 426 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
427 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux 427 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
428 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the 428 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
429 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable 429 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
430 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot 430 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
431 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the 431 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
432 Linux kernel. 432 Linux kernel.
433 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of 433 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
434 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the 434 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
435 default environment. 435 default environment.
436 436
437 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] 437 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
438 438
439 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions 439 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
440 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. 440 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
441 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. 441 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
442 442
443 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 443 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
444 444
445 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be 445 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
446 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware 446 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
447 concepts). 447 concepts).
448 448
449 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 449 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
450 * New libfdt-based support 450 * New libfdt-based support
451 * Adds the "fdt" command 451 * Adds the "fdt" command
452 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt 452 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
453 453
454 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for 454 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
455 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 455 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
456 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for 456 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
457 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 457 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
458 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. 458 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
459 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device 459 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
460 460
461 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC 461 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
462 addresses 462 addresses
463 463
464 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP 464 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
465 465
466 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make 466 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
467 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel 467 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
468 468
469 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU 469 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
470 470
471 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot 471 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
472 param header, the default value is zero if undefined. 472 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
473 473
474 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP 474 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
475 475
476 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. 476 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
477 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot 477 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
478 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, 478 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
479 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and 479 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
480 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where 480 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
481 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. 481 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
482 482
483 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] 483 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
484 484
485 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one 485 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
486 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type 486 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
487 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry 487 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
488 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). 488 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
489 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported 489 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
490 in a single configuration file and the machine type is 490 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
491 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. 491 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
492 492
493 - vxWorks boot parameters: 493 - vxWorks boot parameters:
494 494
495 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following 495 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
496 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname. 496 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
497 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. 497 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
498 498
499 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name 499 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
500 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address 500 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
501 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server 501 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
502 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters 502 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
503 503
504 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS 504 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
505 505
506 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret" 506 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
507 507
508 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride 508 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
509 the defaults discussed just above. 509 the defaults discussed just above.
510 510
511 - Cache Configuration: 511 - Cache Configuration:
512 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot 512 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
513 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot 513 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
514 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot 514 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
515 515
516 - Cache Configuration for ARM: 516 - Cache Configuration for ARM:
517 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache 517 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
518 controller 518 controller
519 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 519 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
520 controller register space 520 controller register space
521 521
522 - Serial Ports: 522 - Serial Ports:
523 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL 523 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
524 524
525 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. 525 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
526 526
527 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL 527 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
528 528
529 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. 529 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
530 530
531 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK 531 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
532 532
533 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to 533 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
534 the clock speed of the UARTs. 534 the clock speed of the UARTs.
535 535
536 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS 536 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
537 537
538 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, 538 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
539 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) 539 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
540 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h 540 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
541 541
542 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR 542 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
543 543
544 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500) 544 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
545 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set 545 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
546 this variable to initialize the extra register. 546 this variable to initialize the extra register.
547 547
548 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT 548 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
549 549
550 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage 550 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
551 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this 551 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
552 variable to flush the UART at init time. 552 variable to flush the UART at init time.
553 553
554 554
555 - Console Interface: 555 - Console Interface:
556 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port 556 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
557 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, 557 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
558 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial 558 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
559 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE 559 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
560 560
561 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial 561 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
562 port routines must be defined elsewhere 562 port routines must be defined elsewhere
563 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) 563 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
564 564
565 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 565 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
566 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following 566 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
567 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) 567 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
568 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation 568 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
569 (default big endian) 569 (default big endian)
570 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports 570 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
571 rectangle fill 571 rectangle fill
572 (cf. smiLynxEM) 572 (cf. smiLynxEM)
573 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports 573 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
574 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) 574 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
575 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns 575 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
576 (cols=pitch) 576 (cols=pitch)
577 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows 577 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
578 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel 578 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
579 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format 579 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
580 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) 580 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
581 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address 581 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
582 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct 582 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
583 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init()) 583 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
584 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct 584 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
585 (i.e. i8042_tstc) 585 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
586 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct 586 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
587 (i.e. i8042_getc) 587 (i.e. i8042_getc)
588 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off 588 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
589 (requires blink timer 589 (requires blink timer
590 cf. i8042.c) 590 cf. i8042.c)
591 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c) 591 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
592 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in 592 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
593 upper right corner 593 upper right corner
594 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE) 594 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
595 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in 595 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
596 upper left corner 596 upper left corner
597 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of 597 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
598 linux_logo.h for logo. 598 linux_logo.h for logo.
599 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 599 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
600 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO 600 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
601 additional board info beside 601 additional board info beside
602 the logo 602 the logo
603 603
604 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is 604 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
605 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with 605 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
606 environment 'console=serial'. 606 environment 'console=serial'.
607 607
608 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console 608 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
609 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with 609 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
610 the "silent" environment variable. See 610 the "silent" environment variable. See
611 doc/README.silent for more information. 611 doc/README.silent for more information.
612 612
613 - Console Baudrate: 613 - Console Baudrate:
614 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps 614 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
615 Select one of the baudrates listed in 615 Select one of the baudrates listed in
616 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 616 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
617 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale 617 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
618 618
619 - Console Rx buffer length 619 - Console Rx buffer length
620 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define 620 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
621 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. 621 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
622 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. 622 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
623 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE 623 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
624 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for 624 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
625 the SMC. 625 the SMC.
626 626
627 - Pre-Console Buffer: 627 - Pre-Console Buffer:
628 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART 628 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
629 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. 629 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
630 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to 630 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
631 buffer any console messages prior to the console being 631 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
632 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ 632 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
633 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is 633 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
634 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ 634 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
635 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the 635 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
636 earlier bytes are discarded. 636 earlier bytes are discarded.
637 637
638 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if 638 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
639 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 639 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
640 640
641 - Pre-console putc(): 641 - Pre-console putc():
642 Prior to the console being initialised, console output is 642 Prior to the console being initialised, console output is
643 normally silently discarded. This can be annoying if a 643 normally silently discarded. This can be annoying if a
644 panic() happens in this time. 644 panic() happens in this time.
645 645
646 If the CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_PUTC option is defined, then 646 If the CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_PUTC option is defined, then
647 U-Boot will call board_pre_console_putc() for each output 647 U-Boot will call board_pre_console_putc() for each output
648 character in this case, This function should try to output 648 character in this case, This function should try to output
649 the character if possible, perhaps on all available UARTs 649 the character if possible, perhaps on all available UARTs
650 (it will need to do this directly, since the console code 650 (it will need to do this directly, since the console code
651 is not functional yet). Note that if the panic happens 651 is not functional yet). Note that if the panic happens
652 early enough, then it is possible that board_init_f() 652 early enough, then it is possible that board_init_f()
653 (or even arch_cpu_init() on ARM) has not been called yet. 653 (or even arch_cpu_init() on ARM) has not been called yet.
654 You should init all clocks, GPIOs, etc. that are needed 654 You should init all clocks, GPIOs, etc. that are needed
655 to get the character out. Baud rates will need to default 655 to get the character out. Baud rates will need to default
656 to something sensible. 656 to something sensible.
657 657
658 - Safe printf() functions
659 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
660 the printf() functions. These are defined in
661 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
662 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
663 If this option is not given then these functions will
664 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
665 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
666
658 - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds 667 - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
659 Delay before automatically booting the default image; 668 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
660 set to -1 to disable autoboot. 669 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
661 670
662 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that 671 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
663 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. 672 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
664 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 673 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
665 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN 674 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
666 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED 675 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
667 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT 676 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
668 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 677 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
669 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 678 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
670 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2 679 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
671 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2 680 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
672 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK 681 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
673 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY 682 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
674 683
675 - Autoboot Command: 684 - Autoboot Command:
676 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 685 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
677 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; 686 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
678 define a command string that is automatically executed 687 define a command string that is automatically executed
679 when no character is read on the console interface 688 when no character is read on the console interface
680 within "Boot Delay" after reset. 689 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
681 690
682 CONFIG_BOOTARGS 691 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
683 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm 692 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
684 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the 693 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
685 environment value "bootargs". 694 environment value "bootargs".
686 695
687 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT 696 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
688 The value of these goes into the environment as 697 The value of these goes into the environment as
689 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used 698 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
690 as a convenience, when switching between booting from 699 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
691 RAM and NFS. 700 RAM and NFS.
692 701
693 - Pre-Boot Commands: 702 - Pre-Boot Commands:
694 CONFIG_PREBOOT 703 CONFIG_PREBOOT
695 704
696 When this option is #defined, the existence of the 705 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
697 environment variable "preboot" will be checked 706 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
698 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 707 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
699 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. 708 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
700 entering interactive mode. 709 entering interactive mode.
701 710
702 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is 711 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
703 automatically generated or modified. For an example 712 automatically generated or modified. For an example
704 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is 713 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
705 modified when the user holds down a certain 714 modified when the user holds down a certain
706 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when 715 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
707 booting the systems 716 booting the systems
708 717
709 - Serial Download Echo Mode: 718 - Serial Download Echo Mode:
710 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 719 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
711 If defined to 1, all characters received during a 720 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
712 serial download (using the "loads" command) are 721 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
713 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal 722 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
714 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take 723 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
715 time on others. This setting #define's the initial 724 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
716 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. 725 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
717 726
718 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) 727 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
719 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE 728 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
720 Select one of the baudrates listed in 729 Select one of the baudrates listed in
721 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 730 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
722 731
723 - Monitor Functions: 732 - Monitor Functions:
724 Monitor commands can be included or excluded 733 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
725 from the build by using the #include files 734 from the build by using the #include files
726 "config_cmd_all.h" and #undef'ing unwanted 735 "config_cmd_all.h" and #undef'ing unwanted
727 commands, or using "config_cmd_default.h" 736 commands, or using "config_cmd_default.h"
728 and augmenting with additional #define's 737 and augmenting with additional #define's
729 for wanted commands. 738 for wanted commands.
730 739
731 The default command configuration includes all commands 740 The default command configuration includes all commands
732 except those marked below with a "*". 741 except those marked below with a "*".
733 742
734 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable 743 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
735 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo 744 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
736 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger 745 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
737 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support 746 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
738 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands 747 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
739 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd 748 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
740 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache 749 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
741 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo 750 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
742 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 751 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
743 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... 752 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
744 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support 753 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
745 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics 754 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
746 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands 755 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
747 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command 756 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
748 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd 757 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
749 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command 758 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
750 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat 759 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
751 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments 760 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
752 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable 761 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
753 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support 762 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
754 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx 763 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
755 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment 764 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
756 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv 765 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
757 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support 766 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
758 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT partition support 767 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT partition support
759 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support 768 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
760 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect 769 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
761 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support 770 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
762 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) 771 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
763 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment 772 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
764 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control 773 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
765 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support 774 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
766 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support 775 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
767 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo 776 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
768 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images 777 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
769 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support 778 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
770 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment 779 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
771 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo 780 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
772 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values 781 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
773 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support 782 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
774 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb 783 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
775 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) 784 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
776 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb 785 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
777 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads 786 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
778 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest 787 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
779 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) 788 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
780 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, 789 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
781 loop, loopw, mtest 790 loop, loopw, mtest
782 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc 791 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
783 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support 792 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
784 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands 793 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
785 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support 794 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
786 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support 795 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
787 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot 796 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
788 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands 797 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
789 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command 798 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
790 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo 799 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
791 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support 800 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
792 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network 801 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
793 host 802 host
794 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O 803 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
795 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump 804 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
796 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable 805 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
797 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump 806 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
798 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support 807 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
799 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information 808 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
800 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) 809 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
801 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access 810 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
802 (4xx only) 811 (4xx only)
803 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest 812 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
804 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) 813 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
805 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support 814 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
806 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support 815 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
807 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode 816 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
808 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) 817 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
809 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time 818 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time
810 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support 819 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
811 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support 820 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
812 CONFIG_CMD_FSL * Microblaze FSL support 821 CONFIG_CMD_FSL * Microblaze FSL support
813 822
814 823
815 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network 824 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
816 support you can write: 825 support you can write:
817 826
818 #include "config_cmd_all.h" 827 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
819 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET 828 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
820 829
821 Other Commands: 830 Other Commands:
822 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 831 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
823 832
824 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands 833 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
825 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know 834 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
826 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data 835 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
827 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or 836 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
828 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be 837 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
829 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other 838 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
830 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an 839 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
831 initial stack and some data. 840 initial stack and some data.
832 841
833 842
834 XXX - this list needs to get updated! 843 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
835 844
836 - Device tree: 845 - Device tree:
837 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 846 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
838 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree 847 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
839 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically 848 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
840 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is 849 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
841 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device 850 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
842 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. 851 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
843 852
844 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can 853 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
845 be done using one of the two options below: 854 be done using one of the two options below:
846 855
847 CONFIG_OF_EMBED 856 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
848 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree 857 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
849 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the 858 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
850 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file 859 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
851 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through 860 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
852 the global data structure as gd->blob. 861 the global data structure as gd->blob.
853 862
854 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE 863 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
855 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree 864 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
856 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific 865 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
857 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: 866 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
858 867
859 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin 868 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
860 869
861 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called 870 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
862 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can 871 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
863 still use the individual files if you need something more 872 still use the individual files if you need something more
864 exotic. 873 exotic.
865 874
866 - Watchdog: 875 - Watchdog:
867 CONFIG_WATCHDOG 876 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
868 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog 877 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
869 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC 878 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
870 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 879 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
871 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR 880 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
872 register. When supported for a specific SoC is 881 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
873 available, then no further board specific code should 882 available, then no further board specific code should
874 be needed to use it. 883 be needed to use it.
875 884
876 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG 885 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
877 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used 886 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
878 SoC, then define this variable and provide board 887 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
879 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. 888 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
880 889
881 - U-Boot Version: 890 - U-Boot Version:
882 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE 891 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
883 If this variable is defined, an environment variable 892 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
884 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot 893 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
885 version as printed by the "version" command. 894 version as printed by the "version" command.
886 This variable is readonly. 895 This variable is readonly.
887 896
888 - Real-Time Clock: 897 - Real-Time Clock:
889 898
890 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC 899 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
891 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the 900 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
892 following options: 901 following options:
893 902
894 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx 903 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
895 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC 904 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
896 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC 905 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
897 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC 906 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
898 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC 907 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
899 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC 908 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
900 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC 909 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
901 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC 910 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
902 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC 911 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
903 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC 912 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
904 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 913 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
905 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on 914 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
906 RV3029 RTC. 915 RV3029 RTC.
907 916
908 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface 917 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
909 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 918 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
910 919
911 - GPIO Support: 920 - GPIO Support:
912 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO 921 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
913 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command 922 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
914 923
915 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of 924 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
916 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of 925 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
917 pins supported by a particular chip. 926 pins supported by a particular chip.
918 927
919 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface 928 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
920 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 929 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
921 930
922 - Timestamp Support: 931 - Timestamp Support:
923 932
924 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp 933 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
925 (date and time) of an image is printed by image 934 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
926 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is 935 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
927 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . 936 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
928 937
929 - Partition Support: 938 - Partition Support:
930 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION 939 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION
931 and/or CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION 940 and/or CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION
932 941
933 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or 942 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
934 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at 943 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
935 least one partition type as well. 944 least one partition type as well.
936 945
937 - IDE Reset method: 946 - IDE Reset method:
938 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several 947 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
939 board configurations files but used nowhere! 948 board configurations files but used nowhere!
940 949
941 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will 950 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
942 be performed by calling the function 951 be performed by calling the function
943 ide_set_reset(int reset) 952 ide_set_reset(int reset)
944 which has to be defined in a board specific file 953 which has to be defined in a board specific file
945 954
946 - ATAPI Support: 955 - ATAPI Support:
947 CONFIG_ATAPI 956 CONFIG_ATAPI
948 957
949 Set this to enable ATAPI support. 958 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
950 959
951 - LBA48 Support 960 - LBA48 Support
952 CONFIG_LBA48 961 CONFIG_LBA48
953 962
954 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB 963 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
955 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. 964 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
956 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' 965 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
957 support disks up to 2.1TB. 966 support disks up to 2.1TB.
958 967
959 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: 968 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
960 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. 969 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
961 Default is 32bit. 970 Default is 32bit.
962 971
963 - SCSI Support: 972 - SCSI Support:
964 At the moment only there is only support for the 973 At the moment only there is only support for the
965 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define 974 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
966 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. 975 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
967 976
968 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and 977 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
969 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * 978 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
970 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the 979 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
971 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target 980 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
972 devices. 981 devices.
973 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) 982 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
974 983
975 - NETWORK Support (PCI): 984 - NETWORK Support (PCI):
976 CONFIG_E1000 985 CONFIG_E1000
977 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. 986 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
978 987
979 CONFIG_E1000_SPI 988 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
980 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. 989 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
981 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one 990 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
982 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. 991 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
983 992
984 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC 993 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
985 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for 994 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
986 example with the "sspi" command. 995 example with the "sspi" command.
987 996
988 CONFIG_CMD_E1000 997 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
989 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices 998 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
990 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. 999 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
991 1000
992 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC 1001 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
993 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production. 1002 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
994 1003
995 CONFIG_EEPRO100 1004 CONFIG_EEPRO100
996 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. 1005 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
997 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM 1006 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
998 write routine for first time initialisation. 1007 write routine for first time initialisation.
999 1008
1000 CONFIG_TULIP 1009 CONFIG_TULIP
1001 Support for Digital 2114x chips. 1010 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1002 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific 1011 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1003 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). 1012 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1004 1013
1005 CONFIG_NATSEMI 1014 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1006 Support for National dp83815 chips. 1015 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1007 1016
1008 CONFIG_NS8382X 1017 CONFIG_NS8382X
1009 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. 1018 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1010 1019
1011 - NETWORK Support (other): 1020 - NETWORK Support (other):
1012 1021
1013 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC 1022 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1014 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. 1023 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1015 1024
1016 CONFIG_RMII 1025 CONFIG_RMII
1017 Define this to use reduced MII inteface 1026 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1018 1027
1019 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET 1028 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1020 If this defined, the driver is quiet. 1029 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1021 The driver doen't show link status messages. 1030 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1022 1031
1023 CONFIG_DRIVER_LAN91C96 1032 CONFIG_DRIVER_LAN91C96
1024 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. 1033 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1025 1034
1026 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE 1035 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1027 Define this to hold the physical address 1036 Define this to hold the physical address
1028 of the LAN91C96's I/O space 1037 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1029 1038
1030 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT 1039 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1031 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing 1040 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1032 1041
1033 CONFIG_DRIVER_SMC91111 1042 CONFIG_DRIVER_SMC91111
1034 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip 1043 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1035 1044
1036 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE 1045 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1037 Define this to hold the physical address 1046 Define this to hold the physical address
1038 of the device (I/O space) 1047 of the device (I/O space)
1039 1048
1040 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT 1049 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1041 Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1050 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1042 1051
1043 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS 1052 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1044 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros 1053 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1045 (some hardware wont work with macros) 1054 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1046 1055
1047 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC 1056 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1048 Support for davinci emac 1057 Support for davinci emac
1049 1058
1050 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT 1059 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1051 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. 1060 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1052 1061
1053 CONFIG_FTGMAC100 1062 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1054 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet 1063 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1055 1064
1056 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA 1065 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1057 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. 1066 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1058 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. 1067 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1059 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur 1068 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1060 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or 1069 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1061 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit 1070 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1062 control registers. This behavior won't affect the 1071 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1063 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. 1072 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1064 1073
1065 CONFIG_SMC911X 1074 CONFIG_SMC911X
1066 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips 1075 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1067 1076
1068 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE 1077 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
1069 Define this to hold the physical address 1078 Define this to hold the physical address
1070 of the device (I/O space) 1079 of the device (I/O space)
1071 1080
1072 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT 1081 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
1073 Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1082 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1074 1083
1075 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT 1084 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
1076 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor 1085 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1077 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit 1086 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
1078 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. 1087 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
1079 1088
1080 CONFIG_SH_ETHER 1089 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1081 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller 1090 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1082 1091
1083 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT 1092 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1084 Define the number of ports to be used 1093 Define the number of ports to be used
1085 1094
1086 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR 1095 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1087 Define the ETH PHY's address 1096 Define the ETH PHY's address
1088 1097
1089 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK 1098 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1090 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. 1099 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1091 1100
1092 - TPM Support: 1101 - TPM Support:
1093 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM 1102 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1094 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device 1103 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1095 per system is supported at this time. 1104 per system is supported at this time.
1096 1105
1097 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS 1106 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1098 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped 1107 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1099 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at 1108 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1100 0xfed40000. 1109 0xfed40000.
1101 1110
1102 - USB Support: 1111 - USB Support:
1103 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is 1112 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
1104 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define 1113 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
1105 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. 1114 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1106 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard 1115 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
1107 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB 1116 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
1108 storage devices. 1117 storage devices.
1109 Note: 1118 Note:
1110 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives 1119 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1111 (TEAC FD-05PUB). 1120 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
1112 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: 1121 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1113 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK 1122 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1114 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb 1123 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
1115 CONFIG_PSC3_USB 1124 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1116 for USB on PSC3 1125 for USB on PSC3
1117 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG 1126 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1118 for differential drivers: 0x00001000 1127 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1119 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 1128 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
1120 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 1129 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1121 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 1130 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
1122 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL 1131 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
1123 May be defined to allow interrupt polling 1132 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1124 instead of using asynchronous interrupts 1133 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
1125 1134
1126 - USB Device: 1135 - USB Device:
1127 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. 1136 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1128 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the 1137 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1129 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and 1138 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
1130 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print 1139 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
1131 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty 1140 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1132 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to 1141 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
1133 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a 1142 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
1134 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. 1143 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1135 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate 1144 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1136 a Linux host by 1145 a Linux host by
1137 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID 1146 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1138 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment 1147 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1139 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following 1148 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1140 might be defined in YourBoardName.h 1149 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
1141 1150
1142 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE 1151 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1143 Define this to build a UDC device 1152 Define this to build a UDC device
1144 1153
1145 CONFIG_USB_TTY 1154 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1146 Define this to have a tty type of device available to 1155 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1147 talk to the UDC device 1156 talk to the UDC device
1148 1157
1149 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 1158 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
1150 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to 1159 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1151 be set to usbtty. 1160 be set to usbtty.
1152 1161
1153 mpc8xx: 1162 mpc8xx:
1154 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH 1163 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
1155 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" 1164 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
1156 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 1165 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
1157 1166
1158 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH 1167 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
1159 Derive USB clock from brgclk 1168 Derive USB clock from brgclk
1160 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 1169 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
1161 1170
1162 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to 1171 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
1163 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h 1172 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
1164 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define 1173 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
1165 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, 1174 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1166 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot 1175 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1167 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. 1176 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1168 1177
1169 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER 1178 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1170 Define this string as the name of your company for 1179 Define this string as the name of your company for
1171 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" 1180 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
1172 1181
1173 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME 1182 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1174 Define this string as the name of your product 1183 Define this string as the name of your product
1175 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" 1184 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1176 1185
1177 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 1186 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1178 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB 1187 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1179 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID 1188 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1180 to avoid polluting the USB namespace. 1189 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1181 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF 1190 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
1182 1191
1183 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 1192 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1184 Define this as the unique Product ID 1193 Define this as the unique Product ID
1185 for your device 1194 for your device
1186 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF 1195 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
1187 1196
1188 - ULPI Layer Support: 1197 - ULPI Layer Support:
1189 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via 1198 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1190 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY 1199 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1191 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and 1200 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1192 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based 1201 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1193 viewport is supported. 1202 viewport is supported.
1194 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and 1203 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1195 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. 1204 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
1196 1205
1197 - MMC Support: 1206 - MMC Support:
1198 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To 1207 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1199 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be 1208 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1200 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device 1209 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1201 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is 1210 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
1202 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with 1211 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1203 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. 1212 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
1204 1213
1205 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF 1214 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1206 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller 1215 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1207 1216
1208 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR 1217 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1209 Define the base address of MMCIF registers 1218 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1210 1219
1211 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK 1220 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1212 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF 1221 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1213 1222
1214 - Journaling Flash filesystem support: 1223 - Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1215 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, 1224 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1216 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV 1225 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1217 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device 1226 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1218 1227
1219 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, 1228 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1220 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS 1229 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
1221 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device 1230 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1222 1231
1223 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART 1232 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
1224 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a 1233 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1225 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) 1234 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1226 1235
1227 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to 1236 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
1228 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 1237 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
1229 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you 1238 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1230 have not defined a custom partition 1239 have not defined a custom partition
1231 1240
1232 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: 1241 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1233 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE 1242 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
1234 Support for saving memory data as a file 1243 Support for saving memory data as a file
1235 in FAT formatted partition 1244 in FAT formatted partition
1236 1245
1237 - Keyboard Support: 1246 - Keyboard Support:
1238 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD 1247 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1239 1248
1240 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard 1249 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1241 support 1250 support
1242 1251
1243 CONFIG_I8042_KBD 1252 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1244 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and 1253 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1245 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support. 1254 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1246 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc 1255 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1247 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking. 1256 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1248 1257
1249 - Video support: 1258 - Video support:
1250 CONFIG_VIDEO 1259 CONFIG_VIDEO
1251 1260
1252 Define this to enable video support (for output to 1261 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1253 video). 1262 video).
1254 1263
1255 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 1264 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1256 1265
1257 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip 1266 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1258 1267
1259 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM 1268 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
1260 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The 1269 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
1261 video output is selected via environment 'videoout' 1270 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1262 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is 1271 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1263 assumed. 1272 assumed.
1264 1273
1265 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is 1274 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
1266 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways 1275 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
1267 are possible: 1276 are possible:
1268 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. 1277 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
1269 Following standard modes are supported (* is default): 1278 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
1270 1279
1271 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 1280 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1272 -------------+--------------------------------------------- 1281 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1273 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 1282 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1274 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 1283 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1275 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A 1284 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1276 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B 1285 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1277 -------------+--------------------------------------------- 1286 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1278 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) 1287 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1279 1288
1280 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed 1289 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
1281 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) 1290 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
1282 1291
1283 1292
1284 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 1293 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
1285 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp 1294 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
1286 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP 1295 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1287 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP 1296 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1288 1297
1289 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB 1298 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
1290 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for 1299 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
1291 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU 1300 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1292 support, and should also define these other macros: 1301 support, and should also define these other macros:
1293 1302
1294 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR 1303 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1295 CONFIG_VIDEO 1304 CONFIG_VIDEO
1296 CONFIG_CMD_BMP 1305 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1297 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 1306 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1298 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR 1307 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1299 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE 1308 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1300 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 1309 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1301 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO 1310 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1302 1311
1303 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment 1312 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1304 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during 1313 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1305 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a 1314 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1306 description of this variable. 1315 description of this variable.
1307 1316
1308 - Keyboard Support: 1317 - Keyboard Support:
1309 CONFIG_KEYBOARD 1318 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1310 1319
1311 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. 1320 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1312 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be 1321 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1313 defined in your board-specific files. 1322 defined in your board-specific files.
1314 The only board using this so far is RBC823. 1323 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
1315 1324
1316 - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD 1325 - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1317 1326
1318 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD 1327 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1319 display); also select one of the supported displays 1328 display); also select one of the supported displays
1320 by defining one of these: 1329 by defining one of these:
1321 1330
1322 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: 1331 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1323 1332
1324 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. 1333 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1325 1334
1326 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: 1335 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
1327 1336
1328 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. 1337 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
1329 1338
1330 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 1339 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1331 1340
1332 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. 1341 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1333 Active, color, single scan. 1342 Active, color, single scan.
1334 1343
1335 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 1344 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1336 1345
1337 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. 1346 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
1338 Active, color, single scan. 1347 Active, color, single scan.
1339 1348
1340 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 1349 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1341 1350
1342 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. 1351 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1343 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. 1352 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1344 1353
1345 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 1354 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1346 1355
1347 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. 1356 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1348 Active, color, single scan. 1357 Active, color, single scan.
1349 1358
1350 CONFIG_HLD1045 1359 CONFIG_HLD1045
1351 1360
1352 HLD1045 display, 640x480. 1361 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1353 Active, color, single scan. 1362 Active, color, single scan.
1354 1363
1355 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW 1364 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1356 1365
1357 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 1366 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1358 or 1367 or
1359 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T 1368 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1360 or 1369 or
1361 Hitachi SP14Q002 1370 Hitachi SP14Q002
1362 1371
1363 320x240. Black & white. 1372 320x240. Black & white.
1364 1373
1365 Normally display is black on white background; define 1374 Normally display is black on white background; define
1366 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. 1375 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
1367 1376
1368 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN 1377 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
1369 1378
1370 If this option is set, the environment is checked for 1379 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1371 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display 1380 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1372 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD 1381 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
1373 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address 1382 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
1374 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The 1383 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1375 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This 1384 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1376 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is 1385 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1377 loaded very quickly after power-on. 1386 loaded very quickly after power-on.
1378 1387
1379 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN 1388 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1380 1389
1381 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned 1390 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1382 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the 1391 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1383 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as 1392 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1384 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it 1393 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1385 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also 1394 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1386 specify 'm' for centering the image. 1395 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1387 1396
1388 Example: 1397 Example:
1389 setenv splashpos m,m 1398 setenv splashpos m,m
1390 => image at center of screen 1399 => image at center of screen
1391 1400
1392 setenv splashpos 30,20 1401 setenv splashpos 30,20
1393 => image at x = 30 and y = 20 1402 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1394 1403
1395 setenv splashpos -10,m 1404 setenv splashpos -10,m
1396 => vertically centered image 1405 => vertically centered image
1397 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 1406 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1398 1407
1399 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP 1408 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1400 1409
1401 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP 1410 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1402 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the 1411 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1403 splashscreen support or the bmp command. 1412 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1404 1413
1405 - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 1414 - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1406 1415
1407 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images 1416 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1408 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the 1417 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1409 bmp command. 1418 bmp command.
1410 1419
1411 - Compression support: 1420 - Compression support:
1412 CONFIG_BZIP2 1421 CONFIG_BZIP2
1413 1422
1414 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed 1423 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1415 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip 1424 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1416 compressed images are supported. 1425 compressed images are supported.
1417 1426
1418 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so 1427 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
1419 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should 1428 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
1420 be at least 4MB. 1429 be at least 4MB.
1421 1430
1422 CONFIG_LZMA 1431 CONFIG_LZMA
1423 1432
1424 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed 1433 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1425 images is included. 1434 images is included.
1426 1435
1427 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it 1436 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1428 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the 1437 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1429 formula: 1438 formula:
1430 1439
1431 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) 1440 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1432 1441
1433 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits 1442 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1434 and Literal pos bits. 1443 and Literal pos bits.
1435 1444
1436 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, 1445 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1437 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a 1446 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1438 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is 1447 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1439 a very small buffer. 1448 a very small buffer.
1440 1449
1441 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and 1450 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1442 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring 1451 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
1443 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). 1452 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
1444 1453
1445 - MII/PHY support: 1454 - MII/PHY support:
1446 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR 1455 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1447 1456
1448 The address of PHY on MII bus. 1457 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1449 1458
1450 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) 1459 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1451 1460
1452 The clock frequency of the MII bus 1461 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1453 1462
1454 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE 1463 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1455 1464
1456 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex 1465 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
1457 detection of gigabit PHY is included. 1466 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
1458 1467
1459 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY 1468 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1460 1469
1461 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 1470 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1462 reset before any MII register access is possible. 1471 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1463 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay 1472 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1464 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) 1473 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1465 1474
1466 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) 1475 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1467 1476
1468 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 1477 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1469 command issued before MII status register can be read 1478 command issued before MII status register can be read
1470 1479
1471 - Ethernet address: 1480 - Ethernet address:
1472 CONFIG_ETHADDR 1481 CONFIG_ETHADDR
1473 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR 1482 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
1474 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR 1483 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1475 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR 1484 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
1476 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR 1485 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1477 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR 1486 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
1478 1487
1479 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use 1488 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1480 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this 1489 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
1481 is not determined automatically. 1490 is not determined automatically.
1482 1491
1483 - IP address: 1492 - IP address:
1484 CONFIG_IPADDR 1493 CONFIG_IPADDR
1485 1494
1486 Define a default value for the IP address to use for 1495 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
1487 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not 1496 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
1488 determined through e.g. bootp. 1497 determined through e.g. bootp.
1489 (Environment variable "ipaddr") 1498 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
1490 1499
1491 - Server IP address: 1500 - Server IP address:
1492 CONFIG_SERVERIP 1501 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1493 1502
1494 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP 1503 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
1495 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. 1504 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
1496 (Environment variable "serverip") 1505 (Environment variable "serverip")
1497 1506
1498 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR 1507 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1499 1508
1500 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' 1509 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1501 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) 1510 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1502 1511
1503 - Gateway IP address: 1512 - Gateway IP address:
1504 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP 1513 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1505 1514
1506 Defines a default value for the IP address of the 1515 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1507 default router where packets to other networks are 1516 default router where packets to other networks are
1508 sent to. 1517 sent to.
1509 (Environment variable "gatewayip") 1518 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1510 1519
1511 - Subnet mask: 1520 - Subnet mask:
1512 CONFIG_NETMASK 1521 CONFIG_NETMASK
1513 1522
1514 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or 1523 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1515 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP 1524 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1516 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be 1525 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1517 forwarded through a router. 1526 forwarded through a router.
1518 (Environment variable "netmask") 1527 (Environment variable "netmask")
1519 1528
1520 - Multicast TFTP Mode: 1529 - Multicast TFTP Mode:
1521 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP 1530 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1522 1531
1523 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per 1532 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1524 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets 1533 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
1525 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet 1534 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
1526 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a 1535 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1527 multicast group. 1536 multicast group.
1528 1537
1529 - BOOTP Recovery Mode: 1538 - BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1530 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY 1539 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1531 1540
1532 If you have many targets in a network that try to 1541 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1533 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all 1542 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1534 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same 1543 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1535 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery 1544 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1536 from a power failure, when all systems will try to 1545 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1537 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining 1546 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1538 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be 1547 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1539 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The 1548 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
1540 following delays are inserted then: 1549 following delays are inserted then:
1541 1550
1542 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec 1551 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1543 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec 1552 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1544 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec 1553 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1545 4th and following 1554 4th and following
1546 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec 1555 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1547 1556
1548 - DHCP Advanced Options: 1557 - DHCP Advanced Options:
1549 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining 1558 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1550 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: 1559 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
1551 1560
1552 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK 1561 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1553 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY 1562 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1554 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME 1563 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1555 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN 1564 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1556 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH 1565 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1557 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE 1566 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1558 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 1567 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1559 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 1568 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1560 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME 1569 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1561 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER 1570 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1562 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET 1571 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1563 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX 1572 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
1564 1573
1565 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip 1574 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1566 environment variable, not the BOOTP server. 1575 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
1567 1576
1568 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS 1577 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1569 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more 1578 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1570 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. 1579 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1571 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS 1580 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1572 serverip will be stored in the additional environment 1581 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1573 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always 1582 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1574 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 1583 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1575 is defined. 1584 is defined.
1576 1585
1577 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable 1586 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1578 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they 1587 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1579 need the hostname of the DHCP requester. 1588 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
1580 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content 1589 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
1581 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as 1590 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1582 option 12 to the DHCP server. 1591 option 12 to the DHCP server.
1583 1592
1584 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY 1593 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1585 1594
1586 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between 1595 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1587 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". 1596 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1588 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't 1597 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1589 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an 1598 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1590 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed 1599 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1591 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 1600 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1592 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at 1601 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1593 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope 1602 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1594 that one of the retries will be successful but note that 1603 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1595 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than 1604 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1596 this delay. 1605 this delay.
1597 1606
1598 - CDP Options: 1607 - CDP Options:
1599 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID 1608 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
1600 1609
1601 The device id used in CDP trigger frames. 1610 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1602 1611
1603 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX 1612 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1604 1613
1605 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address 1614 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1606 of the device. 1615 of the device.
1607 1616
1608 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID 1617 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1609 1618
1610 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of 1619 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1611 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets 1620 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
1612 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. 1621 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
1613 1622
1614 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES 1623 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1615 1624
1616 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; 1625 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1617 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. 1626 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1618 1627
1619 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION 1628 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1620 1629
1621 An ascii string containing the version of the software. 1630 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1622 1631
1623 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM 1632 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1624 1633
1625 An ascii string containing the name of the platform. 1634 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1626 1635
1627 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER 1636 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1628 1637
1629 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. 1638 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1630 1639
1631 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION 1640 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1632 1641
1633 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the 1642 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1634 device in .1 of milliwatts. 1643 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1635 1644
1636 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE 1645 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1637 1646
1638 A byte containing the id of the VLAN. 1647 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1639 1648
1640 - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED 1649 - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1641 1650
1642 Several configurations allow to display the current 1651 Several configurations allow to display the current
1643 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink 1652 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1644 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as 1653 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1645 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and 1654 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1646 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running 1655 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1647 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux 1656 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1648 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this 1657 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1649 feature in U-Boot. 1658 feature in U-Boot.
1650 1659
1651 - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER 1660 - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1652 1661
1653 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support 1662 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1654 on those systems that support this (optional) 1663 on those systems that support this (optional)
1655 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. 1664 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1656 1665
1657 - I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C 1666 - I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1658 1667
1659 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of 1668 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
1660 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will 1669 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
1661 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU. 1670 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
1662 1671
1663 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot 1672 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
1664 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in 1673 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
1665 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime 1674 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1666 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the 1675 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
1667 command line interface. 1676 command line interface.
1668 1677
1669 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. 1678 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
1670 1679
1671 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka 1680 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
1672 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware 1681 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1673 support for I2C. 1682 support for I2C.
1674 1683
1675 There are several other quantities that must also be 1684 There are several other quantities that must also be
1676 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C. 1685 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
1677 1686
1678 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED 1687 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
1679 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus 1688 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
1680 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie 1689 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
1681 the CPU's i2c node address). 1690 the CPU's i2c node address).
1682 1691
1683 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx 1692 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
1684 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node 1693 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
1685 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, 1694 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1686 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set 1695 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1687 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. 1696 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
1688 1697
1689 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX 1698 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1690 1699
1691 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 1700 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1692 chips might think that the current transfer is still 1701 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1693 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start 1702 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1694 commands until the slave device responds. 1703 commands until the slave device responds.
1695 1704
1696 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. 1705 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
1697 1706
1698 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C) 1707 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1699 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are 1708 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1700 from include/configs/lwmon.h): 1709 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
1701 1710
1702 I2C_INIT 1711 I2C_INIT
1703 1712
1704 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C 1713 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
1705 controller or configure ports. 1714 controller or configure ports.
1706 1715
1707 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) 1716 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
1708 1717
1709 I2C_PORT 1718 I2C_PORT
1710 1719
1711 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code 1720 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1712 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values 1721 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1713 are 0..3 for ports A..D. 1722 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
1714 1723
1715 I2C_ACTIVE 1724 I2C_ACTIVE
1716 1725
1717 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active 1726 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1718 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this 1727 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1719 define can be null. 1728 define can be null.
1720 1729
1721 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) 1730 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1722 1731
1723 I2C_TRISTATE 1732 I2C_TRISTATE
1724 1733
1725 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated 1734 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1726 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this 1735 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1727 define can be null. 1736 define can be null.
1728 1737
1729 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) 1738 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1730 1739
1731 I2C_READ 1740 I2C_READ
1732 1741
1733 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high, 1742 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1734 FALSE if it is low. 1743 FALSE if it is low.
1735 1744
1736 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) 1745 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1737 1746
1738 I2C_SDA(bit) 1747 I2C_SDA(bit)
1739 1748
1740 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it 1749 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1741 is FALSE, it clears it (low). 1750 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1742 1751
1743 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ 1752 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
1744 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ 1753 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
1745 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA 1754 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
1746 1755
1747 I2C_SCL(bit) 1756 I2C_SCL(bit)
1748 1757
1749 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it 1758 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1750 is FALSE, it clears it (low). 1759 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1751 1760
1752 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ 1761 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
1753 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ 1762 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
1754 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL 1763 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
1755 1764
1756 I2C_DELAY 1765 I2C_DELAY
1757 1766
1758 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this 1767 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1759 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus 1768 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
1760 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something 1769 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
1761 like: 1770 like:
1762 1771
1763 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) 1772 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
1764 1773
1765 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA 1774 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1766 1775
1767 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), 1776 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1768 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be 1777 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1769 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will 1778 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1770 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. 1779 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1771 1780
1772 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to 1781 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1773 the generic GPIO functions. 1782 the generic GPIO functions.
1774 1783
1775 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD 1784 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
1776 1785
1777 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 1786 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1778 chips might think that the current transfer is still 1787 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1779 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access 1788 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1780 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the 1789 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1781 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin 1790 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1782 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a 1791 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1783 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c 1792 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1784 is run early in the boot sequence. 1793 is run early in the boot sequence.
1785 1794
1786 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT 1795 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1787 1796
1788 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is 1797 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1789 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in 1798 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1790 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() 1799 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1791 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus 1800 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1792 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c 1801 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1793 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of 1802 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1794 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus 1803 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1795 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). 1804 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1796 1805
1797 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 1806 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1798 1807
1799 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags 1808 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1800 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment 1809 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1801 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) 1810 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1802 1811
1803 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 1812 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1804 1813
1805 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which 1814 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
1806 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is 1815 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1807 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. 1816 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
1808 Note that bus numbering is zero-based. 1817 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1809 1818
1810 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES 1819 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
1811 1820
1812 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped 1821 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
1813 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 1822 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1814 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify 1823 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1815 a 1D array of device addresses 1824 a 1D array of device addresses
1816 1825
1817 e.g. 1826 e.g.
1818 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 1827 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1819 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} 1828 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
1820 1829
1821 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus 1830 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1822 1831
1823 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 1832 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1824 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} 1833 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
1825 1834
1826 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 1835 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1827 1836
1828 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 1837 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
1829 1838
1830 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. 1839 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1831 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. 1840 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1832 1841
1833 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM 1842 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
1834 1843
1835 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. 1844 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1836 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. 1845 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1837 1846
1838 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM 1847 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
1839 1848
1840 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. 1849 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1841 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. 1850 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1842 1851
1843 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: 1852 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
1844 1853
1845 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. 1854 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1846 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for 1855 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1847 specified DTT device. 1856 specified DTT device.
1848 1857
1849 CONFIG_FSL_I2C 1858 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
1850 1859
1851 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in 1860 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
1852 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c. 1861 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
1853 1862
1854 CONFIG_I2C_MUX 1863 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
1855 1864
1856 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n 1865 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
1857 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C 1866 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
1858 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a 1867 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
1859 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the 1868 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
1860 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for 1869 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
1861 the muxes to activate this new "bus". 1870 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
1862 1871
1863 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this 1872 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
1864 feature! 1873 feature!
1865 1874
1866 Example: 1875 Example:
1867 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes 1876 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
1868 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6 1877 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
1869 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4 1878 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
1870 1879
1871 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4 1880 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
1872 1881
1873 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list 1882 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
1874 of I2C Busses with muxes: 1883 of I2C Busses with muxes:
1875 1884
1876 => i2c bus 1885 => i2c bus
1877 Busses reached over muxes: 1886 Busses reached over muxes:
1878 Bus ID: 2 1887 Bus ID: 2
1879 reached over Mux(es): 1888 reached over Mux(es):
1880 pca9544a@70 ch: 4 1889 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
1881 Bus ID: 3 1890 Bus ID: 3
1882 reached over Mux(es): 1891 reached over Mux(es):
1883 pca9544a@70 ch: 6 1892 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
1884 pca9544a@71 ch: 4 1893 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
1885 => 1894 =>
1886 1895
1887 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3" 1896 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
1888 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable 1897 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
1889 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable 1898 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
1890 the channel 4. 1899 the channel 4.
1891 1900
1892 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as 1901 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
1893 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind 1902 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
1894 the 2 muxes. 1903 the 2 muxes.
1895 1904
1896 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging 1905 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
1897 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C 1906 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
1898 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult 1907 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
1899 to add this option to other architectures. 1908 to add this option to other architectures.
1900 1909
1901 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START 1910 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1902 1911
1903 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in 1912 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1904 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start 1913 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1905 between writing the address pointer and reading the 1914 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1906 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour 1915 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1907 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C 1916 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1908 devices can use either method, but some require one or 1917 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1909 the other. 1918 the other.
1910 1919
1911 - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI 1920 - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1912 1921
1913 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with 1922 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1914 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and 1923 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1915 D/As on the SACSng board) 1924 D/As on the SACSng board)
1916 1925
1917 CONFIG_SH_SPI 1926 CONFIG_SH_SPI
1918 1927
1919 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently 1928 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
1920 only SH7757 is supported. 1929 only SH7757 is supported.
1921 1930
1922 CONFIG_SPI_X 1931 CONFIG_SPI_X
1923 1932
1924 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing. 1933 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
1925 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X) 1934 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
1926 1935
1927 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI 1936 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1928 1937
1929 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than 1938 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1930 using hardware support. This is a general purpose 1939 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1931 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins 1940 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1932 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is 1941 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1933 defined, the board configuration must define several 1942 defined, the board configuration must define several
1934 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For 1943 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1935 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. 1944 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
1936 1945
1937 CONFIG_HARD_SPI 1946 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
1938 1947
1939 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads 1948 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
1940 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration 1949 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
1941 must define a list of chip-select function pointers. 1950 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
1942 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an 1951 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
1943 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. 1952 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
1944 1953
1945 CONFIG_MXC_SPI 1954 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
1946 1955
1947 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC 1956 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
1948 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. 1957 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
1949 1958
1950 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA 1959 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
1951 1960
1952 Enables FPGA subsystem. 1961 Enables FPGA subsystem.
1953 1962
1954 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> 1963 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
1955 1964
1956 Enables support for specific chip vendors. 1965 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
1957 (ALTERA, XILINX) 1966 (ALTERA, XILINX)
1958 1967
1959 CONFIG_FPGA_<family> 1968 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
1960 1969
1961 Enables support for FPGA family. 1970 Enables support for FPGA family.
1962 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) 1971 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
1963 1972
1964 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT 1973 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
1965 1974
1966 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. 1975 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
1967 1976
1968 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK 1977 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
1969 1978
1970 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. 1979 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
1971 1980
1972 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY 1981 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
1973 1982
1974 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy 1983 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
1975 status by the configuration function. This option 1984 status by the configuration function. This option
1976 will require a board or device specific function to 1985 will require a board or device specific function to
1977 be written. 1986 be written.
1978 1987
1979 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY 1988 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
1980 1989
1981 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA 1990 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
1982 configuration driver. 1991 configuration driver.
1983 1992
1984 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC 1993 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
1985 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration 1994 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
1986 1995
1987 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR 1996 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
1988 1997
1989 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile 1998 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
1990 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II 1999 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
1991 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which 2000 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
1992 indicated a CRC error). 2001 indicated a CRC error).
1993 2002
1994 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT 2003 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
1995 2004
1996 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert 2005 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
1997 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II 2006 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
1998 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 2007 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
1999 ms. 2008 ms.
2000 2009
2001 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY 2010 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
2002 2011
2003 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during 2012 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
2004 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. 2013 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
2005 2014
2006 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG 2015 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
2007 2016
2008 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is 2017 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
2009 200 ms. 2018 200 ms.
2010 2019
2011 - Configuration Management: 2020 - Configuration Management:
2012 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING 2021 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2013 2022
2014 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot 2023 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2015 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) 2024 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
2016 2025
2017 - Vendor Parameter Protection: 2026 - Vendor Parameter Protection:
2018 2027
2019 U-Boot considers the values of the environment 2028 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2020 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and 2029 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
2021 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that 2030 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
2022 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and 2031 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2023 protects these variables from casual modification by 2032 protects these variables from casual modification by
2024 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, 2033 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2025 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can 2034 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
2026 change this behaviour: 2035 change this behaviour:
2027 2036
2028 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config 2037 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2029 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is 2038 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
2030 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete 2039 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
2031 these parameters. 2040 these parameters.
2032 2041
2033 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR 2042 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2034 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default 2043 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
2035 Ethernet address is installed in the environment, 2044 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
2036 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The 2045 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2037 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains 2046 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2038 read-only.] 2047 read-only.]
2039 2048
2040 - Protected RAM: 2049 - Protected RAM:
2041 CONFIG_PRAM 2050 CONFIG_PRAM
2042 2051
2043 Define this variable to enable the reservation of 2052 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2044 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten 2053 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2045 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of 2054 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2046 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite 2055 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2047 this default value by defining an environment 2056 this default value by defining an environment
2048 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to 2057 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2049 reserve. Note that the board info structure will 2058 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2050 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is 2059 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2051 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will 2060 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2052 automatically be defined to hold the amount of 2061 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2053 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot 2062 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2054 argument to Linux, for instance like that: 2063 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2055 2064
2056 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} 2065 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
2057 saveenv 2066 saveenv
2058 2067
2059 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, 2068 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2060 either, which results in a memory region that will 2069 either, which results in a memory region that will
2061 not be affected by reboots. 2070 not be affected by reboots.
2062 2071
2063 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic 2072 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2064 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that 2073 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2065 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the 2074 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2066 following board configurations are known to be 2075 following board configurations are known to be
2067 "pRAM-clean": 2076 "pRAM-clean":
2068 2077
2069 ETX094, IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, 2078 ETX094, IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2070 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, LANTEC, 2079 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, LANTEC,
2071 FLAGADM, TQM8260 2080 FLAGADM, TQM8260
2072 2081
2073 - Error Recovery: 2082 - Error Recovery:
2074 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG 2083 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2075 2084
2076 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a 2085 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2077 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. 2086 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2078 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded 2087 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
2079 system where you want the system to reboot 2088 system where you want the system to reboot
2080 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be 2089 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2081 useful during development since you can try to debug 2090 useful during development since you can try to debug
2082 the conditions that lead to the situation. 2091 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2083 2092
2084 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT 2093 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2085 2094
2086 This variable defines the number of retries for 2095 This variable defines the number of retries for
2087 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP 2096 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2088 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a 2097 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2089 default value of 5 is used. 2098 default value of 5 is used.
2090 2099
2091 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT 2100 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2092 2101
2093 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. 2102 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2094 2103
2095 - Command Interpreter: 2104 - Command Interpreter:
2096 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE 2105 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
2097 2106
2098 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. 2107 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2099 2108
2100 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet 2109 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2101 for the "hush" shell. 2110 for the "hush" shell.
2102 2111
2103 2112
2104 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER 2113 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
2105 2114
2106 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from 2115 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2107 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling 2116 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2108 powerful command line syntax like 2117 powerful command line syntax like
2109 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||' 2118 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2110 constructs ("shell scripts"). 2119 constructs ("shell scripts").
2111 2120
2112 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour 2121 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2113 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint. 2122 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2114 2123
2115 2124
2116 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 2125 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
2117 2126
2118 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is 2127 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2119 printed when the command interpreter needs more input 2128 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2120 to complete a command. Usually "> ". 2129 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2121 2130
2122 Note: 2131 Note:
2123 2132
2124 In the current implementation, the local variables 2133 In the current implementation, the local variables
2125 space and global environment variables space are 2134 space and global environment variables space are
2126 separated. Local variables are those you define by 2135 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2127 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local 2136 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2128 variable later on, you have write `$name' or 2137 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2129 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable 2138 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2130 directly type `$name' at the command prompt. 2139 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
2131 2140
2132 Global environment variables are those you use 2141 Global environment variables are those you use
2133 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored 2142 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2134 in such a variable, you need to use the run command, 2143 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2135 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. 2144 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
2136 2145
2137 To store commands and special characters in a 2146 To store commands and special characters in a
2138 variable, please use double quotation marks 2147 variable, please use double quotation marks
2139 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead 2148 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2140 of the backslashes before semicolons and special 2149 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2141 symbols. 2150 symbols.
2142 2151
2143 - Commandline Editing and History: 2152 - Commandline Editing and History:
2144 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING 2153 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2145 2154
2146 Enable editing and History functions for interactive 2155 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
2147 commandline input operations 2156 commandline input operations
2148 2157
2149 - Default Environment: 2158 - Default Environment:
2150 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS 2159 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2151 2160
2152 Define this to contain any number of null terminated 2161 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2153 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of 2162 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
2154 the default environment compiled into the boot image. 2163 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
2155 2164
2156 For example, place something like this in your 2165 For example, place something like this in your
2157 board's config file: 2166 board's config file:
2158 2167
2159 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ 2168 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2160 "myvar1=value1\0" \ 2169 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2161 "myvar2=value2\0" 2170 "myvar2=value2\0"
2162 2171
2163 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the 2172 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2164 internal format how the environment is stored by the 2173 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2165 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported 2174 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2166 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format 2175 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
2167 will change soon, there is no guarantee either. 2176 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
2168 You better know what you are doing here. 2177 You better know what you are doing here.
2169 2178
2170 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is 2179 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2171 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset 2180 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
2172 the environment like the "source" command or the 2181 the environment like the "source" command or the
2173 boot command first. 2182 boot command first.
2174 2183
2175 - DataFlash Support: 2184 - DataFlash Support:
2176 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH 2185 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2177 2186
2178 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and 2187 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2179 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard 2188 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2180 commands cp, md... 2189 commands cp, md...
2181 2190
2182 - SystemACE Support: 2191 - SystemACE Support:
2183 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 2192 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2184 2193
2185 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE 2194 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2186 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address 2195 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
2187 of the chip must also be defined in the 2196 of the chip must also be defined in the
2188 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: 2197 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
2189 2198
2190 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 2199 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2191 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 2200 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
2192 2201
2193 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type 2202 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2194 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. 2203 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2195 2204
2196 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: 2205 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2197 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT 2206 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2198 2207
2199 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp 2208 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
2200 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. 2209 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
2201 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port 2210 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
2202 number generator is used. 2211 number generator is used.
2203 2212
2204 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply 2213 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2205 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't 2214 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2206 defined, the normal port 69 is used. 2215 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2207 2216
2208 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to 2217 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
2209 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured 2218 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2210 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of 2219 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2211 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing 2220 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2212 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. 2221 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2213 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, 2222 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2214 but sometimes that is not allowed. 2223 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2215 2224
2216 - Show boot progress: 2225 - Show boot progress:
2217 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS 2226 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2218 2227
2219 Defining this option allows to add some board- 2228 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2220 specific code (calling a user-provided function 2229 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2221 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show 2230 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2222 the system's boot progress on some display (for 2231 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2223 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, 2232 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2224 the following checkpoints are implemented: 2233 the following checkpoints are implemented:
2225 2234
2226 Legacy uImage format: 2235 Legacy uImage format:
2227 2236
2228 Arg Where When 2237 Arg Where When
2229 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image 2238 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
2230 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number 2239 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
2231 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number 2240 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
2232 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum 2241 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
2233 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum 2242 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
2234 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum 2243 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
2235 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum 2244 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2236 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture 2245 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2237 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 2246 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
2238 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) 2247 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
2239 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK 2248 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2240 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error 2249 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2241 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type 2250 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2242 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK 2251 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
2243 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error 2252 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
2244 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) 2253 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
2245 2254
2246 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 2255 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2247 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number 2256 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2248 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum 2257 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2249 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK 2258 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2250 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum 2259 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2251 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum 2260 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2252 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading 2261 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
2253 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) 2262 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
2254 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification 2263 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2255 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. 2264 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2256 2265
2257 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS 2266 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
2258 2267
2259 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system 2268 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
2260 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() 2269 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2261 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() 2270 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
2262 2271
2263 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device 2272 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2264 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command 2273 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2265 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command 2274 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2266 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device 2275 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2267 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device 2276 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2268 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 2277 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2269 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available 2278 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2270 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device 2279 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2271 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK 2280 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2272 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number 2281 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2273 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 2282 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2274 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device 2283 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2275 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 2284 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2276 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device 2285 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2277 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command 2286 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2278 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command 2287 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2279 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device 2288 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2280 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found 2289 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2281 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available 2290 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2282 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available 2291 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2283 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected 2292 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2284 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected 2293 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2285 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table 2294 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2286 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found 2295 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2287 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type 2296 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2288 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type 2297 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2289 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 2298 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2290 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK 2299 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2291 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number 2300 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2292 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number 2301 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2293 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum 2302 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2294 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum 2303 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2295 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device 2304 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2296 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK 2305 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2297 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device 2306 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2298 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command 2307 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2299 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command 2308 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2300 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device 2309 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2301 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found 2310 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2302 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 2311 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2303 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available 2312 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2304 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 2313 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2305 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK 2314 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2306 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number 2315 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2307 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number 2316 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2308 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device 2317 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2309 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK 2318 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
2310 2319
2311 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default 2320 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
2312 2321
2313 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. 2322 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
2314 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. 2323 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2315 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. 2324 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
2316 2325
2317 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong 2326 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2318 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop() 2327 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
2319 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred 2328 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
2320 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error 2329 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2321 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) 2330 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2322 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot 2331 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
2323 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command 2332 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2324 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command 2333 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
2325 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors 2334 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
2326 2335
2327 FIT uImage format: 2336 FIT uImage format:
2328 2337
2329 Arg Where When 2338 Arg Where When
2330 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format 2339 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2331 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format 2340 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2332 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration 2341 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2333 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage 2342 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2334 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified 2343 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2335 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset 2344 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
2336 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node 2345 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
2337 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset 2346 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2338 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed 2347 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2339 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK 2348 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2340 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture 2349 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2341 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 2350 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
2342 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type 2351 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2343 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK 2352 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
2344 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size 2353 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2345 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size 2354 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2346 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) 2355 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2347 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type 2356 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2348 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp 2357 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2349 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os 2358 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2350 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address 2359 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2351 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error 2360 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2352 2361
2353 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 2362 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2354 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format 2363 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2355 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format 2364 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
2356 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration 2365 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
2357 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage 2366 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2358 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified 2367 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2359 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset 2368 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2360 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset 2369 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2361 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed 2370 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2362 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK 2371 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2363 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture 2372 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2364 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK 2373 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2365 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size 2374 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2366 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size 2375 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2367 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address 2376 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2368 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address 2377 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2369 2378
2370 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format 2379 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
2371 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK 2380 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2372 2381
2373 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format 2382 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
2374 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK 2383 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2375 2384
2376 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format 2385 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
2377 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK 2386 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2378 2387
2379 - Standalone program support: 2388 - Standalone program support:
2380 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR 2389 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2381 2390
2382 This option defines a board specific value for the 2391 This option defines a board specific value for the
2383 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus 2392 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2384 overwriting the architecture dependent default 2393 overwriting the architecture dependent default
2385 settings. 2394 settings.
2386 2395
2387 - Frame Buffer Address: 2396 - Frame Buffer Address:
2388 CONFIG_FB_ADDR 2397 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2389 2398
2390 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific 2399 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2391 address for frame buffer. 2400 address for frame buffer.
2392 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to 2401 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2393 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function 2402 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
2394 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size). 2403 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
2395 2404
2396 Please see board_init_f function. 2405 Please see board_init_f function.
2397 2406
2398 - Automatic software updates via TFTP server 2407 - Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2399 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP 2408 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2400 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX 2409 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2401 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX 2410 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2402 2411
2403 These options enable and control the auto-update feature; 2412 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2404 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. 2413 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2405 2414
2406 - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) 2415 - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2407 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE 2416 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2408 2417
2409 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. 2418 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2410 Needed for mtdparts command support. 2419 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2411 2420
2412 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS 2421 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2413 2422
2414 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux 2423 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2415 kernel. Needed for UBI support. 2424 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2416 2425
2417 - SPL framework 2426 - SPL framework
2418 CONFIG_SPL 2427 CONFIG_SPL
2419 Enable building of SPL globally. 2428 Enable building of SPL globally.
2420 2429
2421 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE 2430 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2422 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. 2431 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
2423 2432
2424 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT 2433 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2425 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. 2434 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2426 2435
2427 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT 2436 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2428 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary 2437 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
2429 2438
2430 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT 2439 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2431 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary 2440 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
2432 2441
2433 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT 2442 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2434 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary 2443 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
2435 2444
2436 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT 2445 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2437 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary 2446 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
2438 2447
2439 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT 2448 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2440 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary 2449 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
2441 2450
2442 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT 2451 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2443 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary 2452 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
2444 2453
2445 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT 2454 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2446 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary 2455 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
2447 2456
2448 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT 2457 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2449 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary 2458 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
2450 2459
2451 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT 2460 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2452 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary 2461 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2453 2462
2454 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT 2463 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2455 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary 2464 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
2456 2465
2457 Modem Support: 2466 Modem Support:
2458 -------------- 2467 --------------
2459 2468
2460 [so far only for SMDK2400 boards] 2469 [so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
2461 2470
2462 - Modem support enable: 2471 - Modem support enable:
2463 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT 2472 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2464 2473
2465 - RTS/CTS Flow control enable: 2474 - RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2466 CONFIG_HWFLOW 2475 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2467 2476
2468 - Modem debug support: 2477 - Modem debug support:
2469 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG 2478 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2470 2479
2471 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) 2480 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2472 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. 2481 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
2473 2482
2474 - Interrupt support (PPC): 2483 - Interrupt support (PPC):
2475 2484
2476 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() 2485 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2477 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() 2486 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
2478 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() 2487 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
2479 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If 2488 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
2480 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt 2489 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
2481 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. 2490 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
2482 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU 2491 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
2483 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led 2492 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2484 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from 2493 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2485 general timer_interrupt(). 2494 general timer_interrupt().
2486 2495
2487 - General: 2496 - General:
2488 2497
2489 In the target system modem support is enabled when a 2498 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2490 specific key (key combination) is pressed during 2499 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2491 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally 2500 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
2492 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from 2501 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
2493 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy 2502 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2494 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem 2503 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2495 initialization. 2504 initialization.
2496 2505
2497 If there are no modem init strings in the 2506 If there are no modem init strings in the
2498 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the 2507 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2499 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be 2508 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
2500 suppressed, though. 2509 suppressed, though.
2501 2510
2502 See also: doc/README.Modem 2511 See also: doc/README.Modem
2503 2512
2504 Board initialization settings: 2513 Board initialization settings:
2505 ------------------------------ 2514 ------------------------------
2506 2515
2507 During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions 2516 During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2508 to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup 2517 to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2509 before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the 2518 before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2510 following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is 2519 following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2511 architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c 2520 architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2512 typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). 2521 typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2513 2522
2514 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() 2523 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2515 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() 2524 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2516 - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() 2525 - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2517 - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() 2526 - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
2518 2527
2519 Configuration Settings: 2528 Configuration Settings:
2520 ----------------------- 2529 -----------------------
2521 2530
2522 - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; 2531 - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
2523 undefine this when you're short of memory. 2532 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2524 2533
2525 - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default 2534 - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2526 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. 2535 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2527 2536
2528 - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to 2537 - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
2529 prompt for user input. 2538 prompt for user input.
2530 2539
2531 - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console 2540 - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
2532 2541
2533 - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output 2542 - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
2534 2543
2535 - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands 2544 - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
2536 2545
2537 - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to 2546 - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
2538 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is 2547 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2539 booted 2548 booted
2540 2549
2541 - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: 2550 - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
2542 List of legal baudrate settings for this board. 2551 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2543 2552
2544 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET 2553 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
2545 Suppress display of console information at boot. 2554 Suppress display of console information at boot.
2546 2555
2547 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 2556 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
2548 If the board specific function 2557 If the board specific function
2549 extern int overwrite_console (void); 2558 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2550 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the 2559 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
2551 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. 2560 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2552 2561
2553 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE 2562 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
2554 Enable the call to overwrite_console(). 2563 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
2555 2564
2556 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE 2565 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
2557 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. 2566 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2558 2567
2559 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: 2568 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
2560 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the 2569 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2561 simple memory test. 2570 simple memory test.
2562 2571
2563 - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: 2572 - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
2564 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. 2573 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
2565 2574
2566 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: 2575 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
2567 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test 2576 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2568 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable 2577 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2569 2578
2570 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only): 2579 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2571 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, 2580 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
2572 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top 2581 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
2573 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By 2582 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
2574 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed 2583 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2575 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. 2584 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2576 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux 2585 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
2577 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that 2586 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
2578 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup 2587 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
2579 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. 2588 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
2580 2589
2581 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx 2590 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2582 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't 2591 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2583 be touched. 2592 be touched.
2584 2593
2585 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of 2594 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2586 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, 2595 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2587 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a 2596 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2588 non page size aligned address and this could cause major 2597 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2589 problems. 2598 problems.
2590 2599
2591 - CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR: 2600 - CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
2592 Default load address for network file downloads 2601 Default load address for network file downloads
2593 2602
2594 - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: 2603 - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
2595 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download 2604 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2596 2605
2597 - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: 2606 - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
2598 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. 2607 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2599 2608
2600 - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: 2609 - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
2601 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a 2610 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2602 Cogent motherboard) 2611 Cogent motherboard)
2603 2612
2604 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: 2613 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
2605 Physical start address of Flash memory. 2614 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2606 2615
2607 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: 2616 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
2608 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by 2617 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2609 make config files to be same as the text base address 2618 make config files to be same as the text base address
2610 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as 2619 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
2611 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. 2620 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
2612 2621
2613 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: 2622 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
2614 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to 2623 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2615 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is 2624 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2616 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate 2625 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2617 flash sector. 2626 flash sector.
2618 2627
2619 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: 2628 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
2620 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. 2629 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2621 2630
2622 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: 2631 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
2623 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an 2632 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2624 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, 2633 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
2625 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file 2634 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
2626 to adjust this setting to your needs. 2635 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2627 2636
2628 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: 2637 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
2629 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of 2638 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2630 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by 2639 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
2631 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if 2640 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2632 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" 2641 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
2633 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case 2642 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
2634 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" 2643 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
2635 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment 2644 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
2636 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of 2645 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2637 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, 2646 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2638 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. 2647 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
2639 2648
2640 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: 2649 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2641 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the 2650 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2642 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand 2651 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2643 is enabled. 2652 is enabled.
2644 2653
2645 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: 2654 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2646 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between 2655 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2647 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 2656 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2648 2657
2649 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: 2658 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2650 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in 2659 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2651 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 2660 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2652 2661
2653 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: 2662 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
2654 Max number of Flash memory banks 2663 Max number of Flash memory banks
2655 2664
2656 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: 2665 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
2657 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip 2666 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2658 2667
2659 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: 2668 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
2660 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) 2669 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2661 2670
2662 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: 2671 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
2663 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) 2672 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2664 2673
2665 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT 2674 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
2666 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) 2675 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2667 2676
2668 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT 2677 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
2669 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) 2678 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2670 2679
2671 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION 2680 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
2672 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used 2681 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2673 instead of U-Boot software protection. 2682 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2674 2683
2675 - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: 2684 - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
2676 2685
2677 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; 2686 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2678 without this option such a download has to be 2687 without this option such a download has to be
2679 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) 2688 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2680 copy from RAM to flash. 2689 copy from RAM to flash.
2681 2690
2682 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since 2691 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2683 you can check if the download worked before you erase 2692 you can check if the download worked before you erase
2684 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is 2693 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2685 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the 2694 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
2686 downloaded image) this option may be very useful. 2695 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2687 2696
2688 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: 2697 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
2689 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the 2698 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
2690 common flash structure for storing flash geometry. 2699 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2691 2700
2692 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER 2701 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
2693 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver 2702 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2694 in the drivers directory 2703 in the drivers directory
2695 2704
2696 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD 2705 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2697 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver 2706 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2698 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash 2707 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2699 to the MTD layer. 2708 to the MTD layer.
2700 2709
2701 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE 2710 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
2702 Use buffered writes to flash. 2711 Use buffered writes to flash.
2703 2712
2704 - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N 2713 - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2705 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered 2714 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2706 write commands. 2715 write commands.
2707 2716
2708 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST 2717 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
2709 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't 2718 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2710 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This 2719 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2711 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only 2720 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2712 optionally available. 2721 optionally available.
2713 2722
2714 - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS 2723 - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2715 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown 2724 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2716 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 2725 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2717 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. 2726 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2718 2727
2719 - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: 2728 - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
2720 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some 2729 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2721 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value 2730 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
2722 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all 2731 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2723 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface 2732 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
2724 on high Ethernet traffic. 2733 on high Ethernet traffic.
2725 Defaults to 4 if not defined. 2734 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2726 2735
2727 - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES 2736 - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2728 2737
2729 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used 2738 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2730 internally to store the environment settings. The default 2739 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2731 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most 2740 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2732 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see 2741 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2733 lib/hashtable.c for details. 2742 lib/hashtable.c for details.
2734 2743
2735 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management 2744 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2736 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the 2745 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2737 following configurations: 2746 following configurations:
2738 2747
2739 - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: 2748 - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2740 2749
2741 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils 2750 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2742 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. 2751 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2743 2752
2744 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: 2753 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
2745 2754
2746 Define this if the environment is in flash memory. 2755 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
2747 2756
2748 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is 2757 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
2749 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This 2758 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
2750 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot 2759 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
2751 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller 2760 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
2752 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a 2761 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
2753 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In 2762 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
2754 such a case you would place the environment in one of the 2763 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
2755 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With 2764 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
2756 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the 2765 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
2757 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap 2766 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
2758 between U-Boot and the environment. 2767 between U-Boot and the environment.
2759 2768
2760 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 2769 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2761 2770
2762 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the 2771 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
2763 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot 2772 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
2764 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset 2773 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
2765 for this sector is given here. 2774 for this sector is given here.
2766 2775
2767 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. 2776 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
2768 2777
2769 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 2778 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
2770 2779
2771 This is just another way to specify the start address of 2780 This is just another way to specify the start address of
2772 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of 2781 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
2773 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). 2782 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
2774 2783
2775 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: 2784 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
2776 2785
2777 Size of the sector containing the environment. 2786 Size of the sector containing the environment.
2778 2787
2779 2788
2780 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. 2789 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
2781 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for 2790 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
2782 the environment. 2791 the environment.
2783 2792
2784 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 2793 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
2785 2794
2786 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH 2795 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
2787 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part 2796 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
2788 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves 2797 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
2789 memory for the RAM copy of the environment. 2798 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
2790 2799
2791 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this 2800 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
2792 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, 2801 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
2793 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used 2802 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
2794 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is 2803 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
2795 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: 2804 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
2796 updating the environment in flash makes it always 2805 updating the environment in flash makes it always
2797 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes 2806 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
2798 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in 2807 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
2799 RAM, your target system will be dead. 2808 RAM, your target system will be dead.
2800 2809
2801 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND 2810 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
2802 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND 2811 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
2803 2812
2804 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold 2813 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
2805 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is 2814 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
2806 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during 2815 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
2807 a "saveenv" operation. 2816 a "saveenv" operation.
2808 2817
2809 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the 2818 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
2810 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* 2819 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
2811 accordingly! 2820 accordingly!
2812 2821
2813 2822
2814 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: 2823 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
2815 2824
2816 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device 2825 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
2817 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the 2826 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
2818 environment. 2827 environment.
2819 2828
2820 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 2829 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
2821 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 2830 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
2822 2831
2823 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you 2832 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
2824 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory 2833 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
2825 can just be read and written to, without any special 2834 can just be read and written to, without any special
2826 provision. 2835 provision.
2827 2836
2828 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early 2837 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
2829 in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the 2838 in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
2830 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or 2839 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
2831 U-Boot will hang. 2840 U-Boot will hang.
2832 2841
2833 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the 2842 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
2834 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to 2843 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
2835 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" 2844 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
2836 to save the current settings. 2845 to save the current settings.
2837 2846
2838 2847
2839 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: 2848 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
2840 2849
2841 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access 2850 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
2842 device and a driver for it. 2851 device and a driver for it.
2843 2852
2844 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 2853 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2845 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 2854 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
2846 2855
2847 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the 2856 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
2848 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. 2857 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
2849 2858
2850 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: 2859 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
2851 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. 2860 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
2852 The default address is zero. 2861 The default address is zero.
2853 2862
2854 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: 2863 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
2855 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a 2864 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
2856 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example 2865 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
2857 would require six bits. 2866 would require six bits.
2858 2867
2859 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: 2868 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
2860 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between 2869 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
2861 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. 2870 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
2862 2871
2863 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: 2872 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
2864 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note 2873 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
2865 that this is NOT the chip address length! 2874 that this is NOT the chip address length!
2866 2875
2867 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: 2876 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
2868 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones 2877 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
2869 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of 2878 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
2870 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit 2879 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
2871 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 2880 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
2872 byte chips. 2881 byte chips.
2873 2882
2874 Note that we consider the length of the address field to 2883 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
2875 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden 2884 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
2876 in the chip address. 2885 in the chip address.
2877 2886
2878 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: 2887 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
2879 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. 2888 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
2880 2889
2881 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C 2890 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
2882 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your 2891 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
2883 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. 2892 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
2884 2893
2885 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 2894 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
2886 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over 2895 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
2887 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this 2896 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
2888 EEPROM. For example: 2897 EEPROM. For example:
2889 2898
2890 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0" 2899 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
2891 2900
2892 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over 2901 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
2893 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. 2902 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
2894 2903
2895 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: 2904 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
2896 2905
2897 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you 2906 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
2898 want to use for the environment. 2907 want to use for the environment.
2899 2908
2900 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 2909 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2901 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 2910 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
2902 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 2911 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
2903 2912
2904 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the 2913 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
2905 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed 2914 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
2906 at the specified address. 2915 at the specified address.
2907 2916
2908 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: 2917 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
2909 2918
2910 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use 2919 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
2911 for the environment. 2920 for the environment.
2912 2921
2913 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 2922 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2914 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 2923 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
2915 2924
2916 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 2925 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
2917 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be 2926 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
2918 aligned to an erase block boundary. 2927 aligned to an erase block boundary.
2919 2928
2920 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 2929 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
2921 2930
2922 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE 2931 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
2923 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so 2932 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
2924 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure 2933 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
2925 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be 2934 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
2926 aligned to an erase block boundary. 2935 aligned to an erase block boundary.
2927 2936
2928 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): 2937 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
2929 2938
2930 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment 2939 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
2931 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's 2940 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
2932 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than 2941 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
2933 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within 2942 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
2934 the range to be avoided. 2943 the range to be avoided.
2935 2944
2936 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): 2945 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
2937 2946
2938 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the 2947 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
2939 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The 2948 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
2940 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. 2949 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
2941 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when 2950 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
2942 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. 2951 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
2943 2952
2944 - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST 2953 - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
2945 2954
2946 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the 2955 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
2947 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to 2956 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
2948 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. 2957 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
2949 2958
2950 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET 2959 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
2951 2960
2952 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The 2961 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
2953 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment 2962 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
2954 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte 2963 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
2955 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization 2964 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
2956 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems 2965 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
2957 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the 2966 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
2958 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. 2967 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
2959 2968
2960 Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor 2969 Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
2961 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been 2970 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
2962 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() 2971 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
2963 until then to read environment variables. 2972 until then to read environment variables.
2964 2973
2965 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor 2974 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
2966 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working 2975 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
2967 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is 2976 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
2968 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the 2977 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
2969 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't 2978 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
2970 have any device yet where we could complain.] 2979 have any device yet where we could complain.]
2971 2980
2972 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if 2981 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
2973 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you 2982 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
2974 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. 2983 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
2975 2984
2976 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: 2985 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
2977 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. 2986 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
2978 2987
2979 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR 2988 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
2980 also needs to be defined. 2989 also needs to be defined.
2981 2990
2982 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: 2991 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
2983 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. 2992 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
2984 2993
2985 - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: 2994 - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
2986 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init 2995 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
2987 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at 2996 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
2988 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving 2997 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
2989 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not 2998 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
2990 limited to NAND_SPL configurations. 2999 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
2991 3000
2992 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: 3001 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
2993 --------------------------------------------------- 3002 ---------------------------------------------------
2994 3003
2995 - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: 3004 - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
2996 Cache Line Size of the CPU. 3005 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
2997 3006
2998 - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: 3007 - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
2999 Default address of the IMMR after system reset. 3008 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
3000 3009
3001 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, 3010 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3002 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of 3011 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3003 the IMMR register after a reset. 3012 the IMMR register after a reset.
3004 3013
3005 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: 3014 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3006 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale 3015 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3007 PowerPC SOCs. 3016 PowerPC SOCs.
3008 3017
3009 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: 3018 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3010 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically 3019 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3011 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. 3020 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3012 3021
3013 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, 3022 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3014 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. 3023 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3015 3024
3016 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: 3025 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3017 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new 3026 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3018 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should 3027 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
3019 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the 3028 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
3020 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR 3029 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3021 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended 3030 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3022 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: 3031 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3023 3032
3024 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH 3033 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3025 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) 3034 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3026 3035
3027 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: 3036 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
3028 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically 3037 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3029 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is 3038 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
3030 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 3039 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3031 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 3040 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3032 3041
3033 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: 3042 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3034 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is 3043 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3035 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 3044 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3036 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 3045 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3037 3046
3038 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: 3047 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3039 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be 3048 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3040 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. 3049 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3041 3050
3042 - Floppy Disk Support: 3051 - Floppy Disk Support:
3043 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER 3052 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
3044 3053
3045 the default drive number (default value 0) 3054 the default drive number (default value 0)
3046 3055
3047 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE 3056 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
3048 3057
3049 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers 3058 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
3050 (default value 1) 3059 (default value 1)
3051 3060
3052 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET 3061 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
3053 3062
3054 defines the offset of register from address. It 3063 defines the offset of register from address. It
3055 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to 3064 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
3056 the FDC chipset. (default value 0) 3065 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
3057 3066
3058 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and 3067 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3059 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their 3068 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
3060 default value. 3069 default value.
3061 3070
3062 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function 3071 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
3063 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC 3072 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3064 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board 3073 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3065 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant 3074 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3066 initializations. 3075 initializations.
3067 3076
3068 - CONFIG_IDE_AHB: 3077 - CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3069 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI 3078 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3070 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. 3079 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3071 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to 3080 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3072 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional 3081 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3073 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller 3082 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3074 is requierd. 3083 is requierd.
3075 3084
3076 - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. 3085 - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
3077 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're 3086 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
3078 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] 3087 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
3079 3088
3080 - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: 3089 - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
3081 3090
3082 Start address of memory area that can be used for 3091 Start address of memory area that can be used for
3083 initial data and stack; please note that this must be 3092 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3084 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special 3093 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3085 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which 3094 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3086 will become available only after programming the 3095 will become available only after programming the
3087 memory controller and running certain initialization 3096 memory controller and running certain initialization
3088 sequences. 3097 sequences.
3089 3098
3090 U-Boot uses the following memory types: 3099 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3091 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) 3100 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3092 - MPC824X: data cache 3101 - MPC824X: data cache
3093 - PPC4xx: data cache 3102 - PPC4xx: data cache
3094 3103
3095 - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: 3104 - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
3096 3105
3097 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory 3106 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
3098 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually 3107 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3099 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial 3108 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
3100 data is located at the end of the available space 3109 data is located at the end of the available space
3101 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - 3110 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
3102 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just 3111 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3103 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + 3112 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3104 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. 3113 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
3105 3114
3106 Note: 3115 Note:
3107 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data 3116 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3108 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for 3117 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
3109 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must 3118 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
3110 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between 3119 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3111 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. 3120 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3112 3121
3113 - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) 3122 - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
3114 3123
3115 - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) 3124 - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
3116 3125
3117 - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) 3126 - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
3118 3127
3119 - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) 3128 - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
3120 3129
3121 - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) 3130 - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
3122 3131
3123 - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) 3132 - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
3124 3133
3125 - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: 3134 - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
3126 SDRAM timing 3135 SDRAM timing
3127 3136
3128 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: 3137 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
3129 periodic timer for refresh 3138 periodic timer for refresh
3130 3139
3131 - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) 3140 - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
3132 3141
3133 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, 3142 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3134 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, 3143 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3135 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, 3144 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3136 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: 3145 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
3137 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) 3146 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3138 3147
3139 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, 3148 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
3140 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, 3149 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3141 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: 3150 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
3142 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) 3151 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3143 3152
3144 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, 3153 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3145 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: 3154 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
3146 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer 3155 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3147 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) 3156 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3148 3157
3149 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 3158 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
3150 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 3159 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3151 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] 3160 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3152 3161
3153 - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 3162 - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
3154 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 3163 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3155 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] 3164 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3156 3165
3157 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 3166 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
3158 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 3167 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3159 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] 3168 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3160 3169
3161 - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: 3170 - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
3162 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, 3171 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3163 wrong setting might damage your board. Read 3172 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3164 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! 3173 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3165 3174
3166 - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) 3175 - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
3167 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post 3176 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3168 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides 3177 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3169 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. 3178 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3170 cpm_8260.h. 3179 cpm_8260.h.
3171 3180
3172 - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 3181 - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3173 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, 3182 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3174 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, 3183 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3175 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 3184 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3176 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, 3185 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3177 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, 3186 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3178 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, 3187 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3179 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) 3188 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
3180 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. 3189 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
3181 3190
3182 - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: 3191 - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3183 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not 3192 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3184 required. 3193 required.
3185 3194
3186 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: 3195 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3187 Chip has SRIO or not 3196 Chip has SRIO or not
3188 3197
3189 - CONFIG_SRIO1: 3198 - CONFIG_SRIO1:
3190 Board has SRIO 1 port available 3199 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3191 3200
3192 - CONFIG_SRIO2: 3201 - CONFIG_SRIO2:
3193 Board has SRIO 2 port available 3202 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3194 3203
3195 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: 3204 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3196 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 3205 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3197 3206
3198 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: 3207 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3199 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 3208 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3200 3209
3201 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: 3210 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3202 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region 3211 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3203 3212
3204 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16 3213 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3205 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a 3214 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3206 16 bit bus. 3215 16 bit bus.
3207 3216
3208 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG 3217 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3209 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined 3218 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3210 a default value will be used. 3219 a default value will be used.
3211 3220
3212 - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM 3221 - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
3213 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common 3222 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3214 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs 3223 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3215 3224
3216 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS 3225 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3217 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM 3226 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3218 3227
3219 - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 3228 - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
3220 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first 3229 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3221 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve 3230 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3222 to something your driver can deal with. 3231 to something your driver can deal with.
3223 3232
3224 - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING 3233 - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3225 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with 3234 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3226 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing 3235 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3227 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into 3236 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3228 header files or board specific files. 3237 header files or board specific files.
3229 3238
3230 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE 3239 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3231 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. 3240 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3232 3241
3233 - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 3242 - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
3234 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should 3243 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3235 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. 3244 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
3236 3245
3237 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] 3246 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3238 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. 3247 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3239 3248
3240 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY 3249 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3241 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds 3250 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
3242 to the given FEC; i. e. 3251 to the given FEC; i. e.
3243 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 3252 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
3244 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 3253 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3245 3254
3246 When set to -1, means to probe for first available. 3255 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3247 3256
3248 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR 3257 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3249 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). 3258 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3250 (so program the FEC to ignore it). 3259 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3251 3260
3252 - CONFIG_RMII 3261 - CONFIG_RMII
3253 Enable RMII mode for all FECs. 3262 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3254 Note that this is a global option, we can't 3263 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3255 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. 3264 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3256 3265
3257 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY 3266 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3258 Add a verify option to the crc32 command. 3267 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3259 The syntax is: 3268 The syntax is:
3260 3269
3261 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> 3270 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3262 3271
3263 Where address/count indicate a memory area 3272 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3264 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the 3273 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3265 area should have. 3274 area should have.
3266 3275
3267 - CONFIG_LOOPW 3276 - CONFIG_LOOPW
3268 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if 3277 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
3269 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 3278 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
3270 3279
3271 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC 3280 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3272 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic 3281 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3273 "md/mw" commands. 3282 "md/mw" commands.
3274 Examples: 3283 Examples:
3275 3284
3276 => mdc.b 10 4 500 3285 => mdc.b 10 4 500
3277 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. 3286 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3278 3287
3279 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 3288 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
3280 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. 3289 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3281 3290
3282 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated 3291 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
3283 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 3292 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
3284 3293
3285 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT 3294 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
3286 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain 3295 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
3287 low level initializations (like setting up the memory 3296 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3288 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not 3297 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3289 relocate itself into RAM. 3298 relocate itself into RAM.
3290 3299
3291 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only 3300 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3292 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some 3301 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3293 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs 3302 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3294 these initializations itself. 3303 these initializations itself.
3295 3304
3296 - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 3305 - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
3297 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader 3306 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3298 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when 3307 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3299 compiling a NAND SPL. 3308 compiling a NAND SPL.
3300 3309
3301 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST 3310 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3302 define this, if you want to read first the oob data 3311 define this, if you want to read first the oob data
3303 and then the data. This is used for example on 3312 and then the data. This is used for example on
3304 davinci plattforms. 3313 davinci plattforms.
3305 3314
3306 - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY 3315 - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3307 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET 3316 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3308 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will 3317 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3309 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some 3318 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3310 conditions but may increase the binary size. 3319 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3311 3320
3312 Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: 3321 Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3313 ----------------------------------- 3322 -----------------------------------
3314 3323
3315 The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the 3324 The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3316 loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. 3325 loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3317 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros 3326 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3318 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address 3327 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3319 within that device. 3328 within that device.
3320 3329
3321 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR 3330 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3322 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The 3331 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3323 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro 3332 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3324 is also specified. 3333 is also specified.
3325 3334
3326 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH 3335 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3327 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format 3336 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3328 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it 3337 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3329 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some 3338 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3330 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. 3339 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3331 3340
3332 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR 3341 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3333 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as 3342 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3334 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the 3343 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3335 virtual address in NOR flash. 3344 virtual address in NOR flash.
3336 3345
3337 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND 3346 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3338 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. 3347 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3339 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. 3348 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3340 3349
3341 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC 3350 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3342 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC 3351 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3343 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 3352 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3344 3353
3345 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH 3354 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3346 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI 3355 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3347 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 3356 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3348 3357
3349 3358
3350 Building the Software: 3359 Building the Software:
3351 ====================== 3360 ======================
3352 3361
3353 Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments 3362 Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3354 and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support 3363 and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3355 all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all 3364 all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3356 (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we 3365 (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3357 recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) 3366 recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3358 which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. 3367 which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
3359 3368
3360 If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you 3369 If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3361 have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, 3370 have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3362 you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. 3371 you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3363 Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are 3372 Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3364 necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: 3373 necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
3365 3374
3366 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- 3375 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3367 $ export CROSS_COMPILE 3376 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
3368 3377
3369 Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in 3378 Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3370 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain 3379 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3371 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW 3380 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3372 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: 3381 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3373 3382
3374 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools 3383 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3375 3384
3376 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can 3385 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3377 be executed on computers running Windows. 3386 be executed on computers running Windows.
3378 3387
3379 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the 3388 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3380 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This 3389 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
3381 is done by typing: 3390 is done by typing:
3382 3391
3383 make NAME_config 3392 make NAME_config
3384 3393
3385 where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu- 3394 where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
3386 rations; see the main Makefile for supported names. 3395 rations; see the main Makefile for supported names.
3387 3396
3388 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if 3397 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3389 additional information is available from the board vendor; for 3398 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3390 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) 3399 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3391 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" 3400 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
3392 when choosing the configuration, i. e. 3401 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
3393 3402
3394 make TQM823L_config 3403 make TQM823L_config
3395 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support 3404 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
3396 3405
3397 make TQM823L_LCD_config 3406 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3398 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD 3407 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
3399 3408
3400 etc. 3409 etc.
3401 3410
3402 3411
3403 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot 3412 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3404 images ready for download to / installation on your system: 3413 images ready for download to / installation on your system:
3405 3414
3406 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image 3415 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3407 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format 3416 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3408 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format 3417 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
3409 3418
3410 By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved 3419 By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3411 in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change 3420 in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3412 this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: 3421 this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3413 3422
3414 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: 3423 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3415 3424
3416 make O=/tmp/build distclean 3425 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3417 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config 3426 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3418 make O=/tmp/build all 3427 make O=/tmp/build all
3419 3428
3420 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location: 3429 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3421 3430
3422 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build 3431 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3423 make distclean 3432 make distclean
3424 make NAME_config 3433 make NAME_config
3425 make all 3434 make all
3426 3435
3427 Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment 3436 Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3428 variable. 3437 variable.
3429 3438
3430 3439
3431 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so 3440 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3432 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of 3441 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3433 native "make". 3442 native "make".
3434 3443
3435 3444
3436 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need 3445 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3437 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these 3446 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3438 steps: 3447 steps:
3439 3448
3440 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel 3449 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
3441 "Makefile" and to the "MAKEALL" script, using the existing 3450 "Makefile" and to the "MAKEALL" script, using the existing
3442 entries as examples. Note that here and at many other places 3451 entries as examples. Note that here and at many other places
3443 boards and other names are listed in alphabetical sort order. Please 3452 boards and other names are listed in alphabetical sort order. Please
3444 keep this order. 3453 keep this order.
3445 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any 3454 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3446 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least 3455 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3447 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". 3456 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
3448 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for 3457 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3449 your board 3458 your board
3450 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new 3459 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3451 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. 3460 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
3452 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name. 3461 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
3453 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file 3462 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3454 to be installed on your target system. 3463 to be installed on your target system.
3455 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. 3464 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3456 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] 3465 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
3457 3466
3458 3467
3459 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: 3468 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3460 ============================================================== 3469 ==============================================================
3461 3470
3462 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board 3471 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3463 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to 3472 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
3464 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes 3473 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3465 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest 3474 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
3466 official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. 3475 official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
3467 3476
3468 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- 3477 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3469 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of 3478 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
3470 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, 3479 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3471 just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot 3480 just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
3472 for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can 3481 for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3473 select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' 3482 select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3474 environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools 3483 environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3475 you can type 3484 you can type
3476 3485
3477 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 3486 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3478 3487
3479 or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type 3488 or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
3480 3489
3481 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL 3490 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
3482 3491
3483 When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build 3492 When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3484 U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by 3493 U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3485 setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target 3494 setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3486 built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and 3495 built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3487 <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default 3496 <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3488 location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment 3497 location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3489 variable. For example: 3498 variable. For example:
3490 3499
3491 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build 3500 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3492 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log 3501 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3493 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 3502 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3494 3503
3495 With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, 3504 With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3496 log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean 3505 log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3497 during the whole build process. 3506 during the whole build process.
3498 3507
3499 3508
3500 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. 3509 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
3501 3510
3502 3511
3503 Monitor Commands - Overview: 3512 Monitor Commands - Overview:
3504 ============================ 3513 ============================
3505 3514
3506 go - start application at address 'addr' 3515 go - start application at address 'addr'
3507 run - run commands in an environment variable 3516 run - run commands in an environment variable
3508 bootm - boot application image from memory 3517 bootm - boot application image from memory
3509 bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol 3518 bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
3510 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol 3519 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3511 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" 3520 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3512 (and eventually "gatewayip") 3521 (and eventually "gatewayip")
3513 tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol 3522 tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
3514 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol 3523 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3515 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' 3524 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3516 loads - load S-Record file over serial line 3525 loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3517 loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) 3526 loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3518 md - memory display 3527 md - memory display
3519 mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) 3528 mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3520 nm - memory modify (constant address) 3529 nm - memory modify (constant address)
3521 mw - memory write (fill) 3530 mw - memory write (fill)
3522 cp - memory copy 3531 cp - memory copy
3523 cmp - memory compare 3532 cmp - memory compare
3524 crc32 - checksum calculation 3533 crc32 - checksum calculation
3525 i2c - I2C sub-system 3534 i2c - I2C sub-system
3526 sspi - SPI utility commands 3535 sspi - SPI utility commands
3527 base - print or set address offset 3536 base - print or set address offset
3528 printenv- print environment variables 3537 printenv- print environment variables
3529 setenv - set environment variables 3538 setenv - set environment variables
3530 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage 3539 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3531 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection 3540 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3532 erase - erase FLASH memory 3541 erase - erase FLASH memory
3533 flinfo - print FLASH memory information 3542 flinfo - print FLASH memory information
3534 bdinfo - print Board Info structure 3543 bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3535 iminfo - print header information for application image 3544 iminfo - print header information for application image
3536 coninfo - print console devices and informations 3545 coninfo - print console devices and informations
3537 ide - IDE sub-system 3546 ide - IDE sub-system
3538 loop - infinite loop on address range 3547 loop - infinite loop on address range
3539 loopw - infinite write loop on address range 3548 loopw - infinite write loop on address range
3540 mtest - simple RAM test 3549 mtest - simple RAM test
3541 icache - enable or disable instruction cache 3550 icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3542 dcache - enable or disable data cache 3551 dcache - enable or disable data cache
3543 reset - Perform RESET of the CPU 3552 reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3544 echo - echo args to console 3553 echo - echo args to console
3545 version - print monitor version 3554 version - print monitor version
3546 help - print online help 3555 help - print online help
3547 ? - alias for 'help' 3556 ? - alias for 'help'
3548 3557
3549 3558
3550 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: 3559 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3551 ======================================== 3560 ========================================
3552 3561
3553 TODO. 3562 TODO.
3554 3563
3555 For now: just type "help <command>". 3564 For now: just type "help <command>".
3556 3565
3557 3566
3558 Environment Variables: 3567 Environment Variables:
3559 ====================== 3568 ======================
3560 3569
3561 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which 3570 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3562 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. 3571 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
3563 3572
3564 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using 3573 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3565 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" 3574 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3566 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the 3575 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3567 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are 3576 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3568 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the 3577 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3569 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. 3578 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
3570 3579
3571 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. 3580 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3572 3581
3573 List of environment variables (most likely not complete): 3582 List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
3574 3583
3575 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE 3584 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
3576 3585
3577 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 3586 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
3578 3587
3579 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 3588 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
3580 3589
3581 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image 3590 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
3582 3591
3583 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP 3592 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
3584 3593
3585 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 3594 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3586 command can be restricted. This variable is given as 3595 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3587 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed 3596 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3588 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" 3597 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3589 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is 3598 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3590 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux 3599 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
3591 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and 3600 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3592 bootm_mapsize. 3601 bootm_mapsize.
3593 3602
3594 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. 3603 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
3595 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it 3604 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3596 defines the size of the memory region starting at base 3605 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3597 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel 3606 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3598 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used 3607 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3599 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is 3608 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3600 used otherwise. 3609 used otherwise.
3601 3610
3602 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 3611 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3603 command can be restricted. This variable is given as 3612 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3604 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region 3613 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3605 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" 3614 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3606 environment variable. 3615 environment variable.
3607 3616
3608 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used 3617 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3609 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to 3618 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3610 documentation in doc/README.update for more details. 3619 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3611 3620
3612 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), 3621 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3613 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the 3622 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3614 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to 3623 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3615 load any image using TFTP 3624 load any image using TFTP
3616 3625
3617 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", 3626 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3618 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will 3627 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3619 be automatically started (by internally calling 3628 be automatically started (by internally calling
3620 "bootm") 3629 "bootm")
3621 3630
3622 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the 3631 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3623 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address 3632 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3624 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. 3633 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3625 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary 3634 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3626 data. 3635 data.
3627 3636
3628 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the 3637 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3629 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. 3638 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
3630 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then 3639 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3631 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this 3640 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3632 to work it must reside in writable memory, have 3641 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3633 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to 3642 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3634 add the information it needs into it, and the memory 3643 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3635 must be accessible by the kernel. 3644 must be accessible by the kernel.
3636 3645
3637 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened 3646 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3638 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is 3647 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3639 defined. 3648 defined.
3640 3649
3641 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 3650 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3642 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast 3651 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3643 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in 3652 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3644 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective 3653 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3645 it must be saved and board must be reset. 3654 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3646 3655
3647 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: 3656 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3648 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be 3657 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3649 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this 3658 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3650 is usually what you want since it allows for 3659 is usually what you want since it allows for
3651 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to 3660 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3652 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the 3661 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
3653 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment 3662 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
3654 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". 3663 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3655 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper 3664 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3656 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it 3665 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3657 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). 3666 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
3658 3667
3659 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB 3668 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3660 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, 3669 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3661 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of 3670 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3662 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make 3671 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3663 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first 3672 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3664 12 MB as well - this can be done with 3673 12 MB as well - this can be done with
3665 3674
3666 setenv initrd_high 00c00000 3675 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
3667 3676
3668 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an 3677 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3669 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal 3678 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3670 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash 3679 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3671 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the 3680 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3672 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the 3681 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3673 boot time on your system, but requires that this 3682 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3674 feature is supported by your Linux kernel. 3683 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
3675 3684
3676 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command 3685 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
3677 3686
3678 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", 3687 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3679 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" 3688 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
3680 3689
3681 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 3690 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
3682 3691
3683 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command 3692 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
3684 3693
3685 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 3694 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
3686 3695
3687 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 3696 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
3688 3697
3689 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 3698 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
3690 3699
3691 ethprime - controls which interface is used first. 3700 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
3692 3701
3693 ethact - controls which interface is currently active. 3702 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3694 For example you can do the following 3703 For example you can do the following
3695 3704
3696 => setenv ethact FEC 3705 => setenv ethact FEC
3697 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC 3706 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3698 => setenv ethact SCC 3707 => setenv ethact SCC
3699 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC 3708 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
3700 3709
3701 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all 3710 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3702 available network interfaces. 3711 available network interfaces.
3703 It just stays at the currently selected interface. 3712 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3704 3713
3705 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will 3714 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
3706 either succeed or fail without retrying. 3715 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3707 When set to "once" the network operation will 3716 When set to "once" the network operation will
3708 fail when all the available network interfaces 3717 fail when all the available network interfaces
3709 are tried once without success. 3718 are tried once without success.
3710 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation 3719 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3711 themselves. 3720 themselves.
3712 3721
3713 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode 3722 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
3714 3723
3715 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's 3724 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
3716 UDP source port. 3725 UDP source port.
3717 3726
3718 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP 3727 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
3719 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. 3728 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3720 3729
3721 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, 3730 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3722 we use the TFTP server's default block size 3731 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3723 3732
3724 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- 3733 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3725 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines 3734 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3726 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to 3735 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3727 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. 3736 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3728 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed 3737 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3729 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or 3738 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3730 with unreliable TFTP servers. 3739 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3731 3740
3732 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over 3741 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
3733 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q 3742 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
3734 VLAN tagged frames. 3743 VLAN tagged frames.
3735 3744
3736 The following image location variables contain the location of images 3745 The following image location variables contain the location of images
3737 used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is 3746 used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3738 not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment 3747 not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3739 variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP 3748 variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3740 server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be 3749 server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3741 loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR 3750 loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3742 flash or offset in NAND flash. 3751 flash or offset in NAND flash.
3743 3752
3744 *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some 3753 *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
3745 boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some 3754 boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
3746 boards use these variables for other purposes. 3755 boards use these variables for other purposes.
3747 3756
3748 Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location 3757 Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3749 ----- --------- ----------- -------------- 3758 ----- --------- ----------- --------------
3750 u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr 3759 u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3751 Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr 3760 Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3752 device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr 3761 device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3753 ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr 3762 ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
3754 3763
3755 The following environment variables may be used and automatically 3764 The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3756 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), 3765 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3757 depending the information provided by your boot server: 3766 depending the information provided by your boot server:
3758 3767
3759 bootfile - see above 3768 bootfile - see above
3760 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server 3769 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3761 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server 3770 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3762 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use 3771 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3763 hostname - Target hostname 3772 hostname - Target hostname
3764 ipaddr - see above 3773 ipaddr - see above
3765 netmask - Subnet Mask 3774 netmask - Subnet Mask
3766 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server 3775 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3767 serverip - see above 3776 serverip - see above
3768 3777
3769 3778
3770 There are two special Environment Variables: 3779 There are two special Environment Variables:
3771 3780
3772 serial# - contains hardware identification information such 3781 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3773 as type string and/or serial number 3782 as type string and/or serial number
3774 ethaddr - Ethernet address 3783 ethaddr - Ethernet address
3775 3784
3776 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of 3785 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
3777 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables 3786 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
3778 once they have been set once. 3787 once they have been set once.
3779 3788
3780 3789
3781 Further special Environment Variables: 3790 Further special Environment Variables:
3782 3791
3783 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed 3792 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
3784 with the "version" command. This variable is 3793 with the "version" command. This variable is
3785 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). 3794 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
3786 3795
3787 3796
3788 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take 3797 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
3789 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). 3798 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
3790 3799
3791 3800
3792 Command Line Parsing: 3801 Command Line Parsing:
3793 ===================== 3802 =====================
3794 3803
3795 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: 3804 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
3796 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: 3805 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
3797 3806
3798 Old, simple command line parser: 3807 Old, simple command line parser:
3799 -------------------------------- 3808 --------------------------------
3800 3809
3801 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) 3810 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
3802 - several commands on one line, separated by ';' 3811 - several commands on one line, separated by ';'
3803 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax 3812 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
3804 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', 3813 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
3805 for example: 3814 for example:
3806 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} 3815 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
3807 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: 3816 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
3808 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' 3817 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
3809 3818
3810 Hush shell: 3819 Hush shell:
3811 ----------- 3820 -----------
3812 3821
3813 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like 3822 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
3814 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, 3823 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
3815 until...do...done, ... 3824 until...do...done, ...
3816 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv 3825 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
3817 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax 3826 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
3818 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" 3827 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
3819 command 3828 command
3820 3829
3821 General rules: 3830 General rules:
3822 -------------- 3831 --------------
3823 3832
3824 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" 3833 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
3825 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and 3834 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
3826 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be 3835 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
3827 executed anyway. 3836 executed anyway.
3828 3837
3829 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. 3838 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
3830 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing 3839 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
3831 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining 3840 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
3832 variables are not executed. 3841 variables are not executed.
3833 3842
3834 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: 3843 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
3835 ======================================= 3844 =======================================
3836 3845
3837 Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports 3846 Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
3838 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a 3847 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
3839 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: 3848 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
3840 3849
3841 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding 3850 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
3842 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), 3851 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
3843 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... 3852 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
3844 3853
3845 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance 3854 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
3846 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- 3855 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
3847 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment 3856 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
3848 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: 3857 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
3849 3858
3850 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the 3859 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
3851 environment, the SROM's address is used. 3860 environment, the SROM's address is used.
3852 3861
3853 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the 3862 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
3854 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is 3863 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
3855 used. 3864 used.
3856 3865
3857 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and 3866 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
3858 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. 3867 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
3859 3868
3860 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the 3869 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
3861 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a 3870 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
3862 warning is printed. 3871 warning is printed.
3863 3872
3864 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error 3873 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
3865 is raised. 3874 is raised.
3866 3875
3867 If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses 3876 If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
3868 will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This 3877 will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
3869 may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. 3878 may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
3870 The naming convention is as follows: 3879 The naming convention is as follows:
3871 "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. 3880 "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
3872 3881
3873 Image Formats: 3882 Image Formats:
3874 ============== 3883 ==============
3875 3884
3876 U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) 3885 U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
3877 images in two formats: 3886 images in two formats:
3878 3887
3879 New uImage format (FIT) 3888 New uImage format (FIT)
3880 ----------------------- 3889 -----------------------
3881 3890
3882 Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar 3891 Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
3883 to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple 3892 to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
3884 components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by 3893 components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
3885 SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. 3894 SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
3886 3895
3887 3896
3888 Old uImage format 3897 Old uImage format
3889 ----------------- 3898 -----------------
3890 3899
3891 Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, 3900 Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
3892 preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for 3901 preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
3893 details; basically, the header defines the following image properties: 3902 details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
3894 3903
3895 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, 3904 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
3896 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, 3905 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
3897 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; 3906 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
3898 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, 3907 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
3899 INTEGRITY). 3908 INTEGRITY).
3900 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, 3909 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
3901 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; 3910 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
3902 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). 3911 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
3903 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) 3912 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
3904 * Load Address 3913 * Load Address
3905 * Entry Point 3914 * Entry Point
3906 * Image Name 3915 * Image Name
3907 * Image Timestamp 3916 * Image Timestamp
3908 3917
3909 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header 3918 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
3910 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by 3919 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
3911 CRC32 checksums. 3920 CRC32 checksums.
3912 3921
3913 3922
3914 Linux Support: 3923 Linux Support:
3915 ============== 3924 ==============
3916 3925
3917 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application 3926 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
3918 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of 3927 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
3919 U-Boot. 3928 U-Boot.
3920 3929
3921 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some 3930 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
3922 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any 3931 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
3923 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; 3932 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
3924 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation 3933 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
3925 serves several purposes: 3934 serves several purposes:
3926 3935
3927 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone 3936 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
3928 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the 3937 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
3929 Flash memory footprint) 3938 Flash memory footprint)
3930 3939
3931 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because 3940 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
3932 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot 3941 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
3933 3942
3934 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" 3943 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
3935 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can 3944 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
3936 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't 3945 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
3937 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just 3946 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
3938 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the 3947 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
3939 software is easier now. 3948 software is easier now.
3940 3949
3941 3950
3942 Linux HOWTO: 3951 Linux HOWTO:
3943 ============ 3952 ============
3944 3953
3945 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: 3954 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
3946 --------------------------------------- 3955 ---------------------------------------
3947 3956
3948 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to 3957 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
3949 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware 3958 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
3950 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to 3959 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
3951 Linux :-). 3960 Linux :-).
3952 3961
3953 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). 3962 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
3954 3963
3955 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance 3964 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
3956 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board 3965 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
3957 Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, 3966 Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
3958 and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value 3967 and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
3959 as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. 3968 as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
3960 3969
3961 3970
3962 Configuring the Linux kernel: 3971 Configuring the Linux kernel:
3963 ----------------------------- 3972 -----------------------------
3964 3973
3965 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root 3974 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
3966 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. 3975 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
3967 3976
3968 3977
3969 Building a Linux Image: 3978 Building a Linux Image:
3970 ----------------------- 3979 -----------------------
3971 3980
3972 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are 3981 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
3973 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target 3982 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
3974 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by 3983 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
3975 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, 3984 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
3976 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a 3985 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
3977 100% compatible format. 3986 100% compatible format.
3978 3987
3979 Example: 3988 Example:
3980 3989
3981 make TQM850L_config 3990 make TQM850L_config
3982 make oldconfig 3991 make oldconfig
3983 make dep 3992 make dep
3984 make uImage 3993 make uImage
3985 3994
3986 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to 3995 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
3987 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, 3996 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
3988 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: 3997 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
3989 3998
3990 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): 3999 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
3991 4000
3992 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: 4001 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
3993 4002
3994 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ 4003 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
3995 -R .note -R .comment \ 4004 -R .note -R .comment \
3996 -S vmlinux linux.bin 4005 -S vmlinux linux.bin
3997 4006
3998 * compress the binary image: 4007 * compress the binary image:
3999 4008
4000 gzip -9 linux.bin 4009 gzip -9 linux.bin
4001 4010
4002 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: 4011 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
4003 4012
4004 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ 4013 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4005 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ 4014 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4006 -d linux.bin.gz uImage 4015 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
4007 4016
4008 4017
4009 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use 4018 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4010 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or 4019 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4011 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 4020 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4012 byte header containing information about target architecture, 4021 byte header containing information about target architecture,
4013 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time 4022 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4014 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. 4023 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
4015 4024
4016 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and 4025 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4017 print the header information, or to build new images. 4026 print the header information, or to build new images.
4018 4027
4019 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information 4028 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4020 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes 4029 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4021 checksum verification: 4030 checksum verification:
4022 4031
4023 tools/mkimage -l image 4032 tools/mkimage -l image
4024 -l ==> list image header information 4033 -l ==> list image header information
4025 4034
4026 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image 4035 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4027 from a "data file" which is used as image payload: 4036 from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
4028 4037
4029 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ 4038 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4030 -n name -d data_file image 4039 -n name -d data_file image
4031 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' 4040 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4032 -O ==> set operating system to 'os' 4041 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4033 -T ==> set image type to 'type' 4042 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4034 -C ==> set compression type 'comp' 4043 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4035 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) 4044 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4036 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) 4045 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4037 -n ==> set image name to 'name' 4046 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4038 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' 4047 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
4039 4048
4040 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load 4049 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4041 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the 4050 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4042 kernel version: 4051 kernel version:
4043 4052
4044 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, 4053 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4045 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. 4054 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
4046 4055
4047 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: 4056 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
4048 4057
4049 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 4058 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4050 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ 4059 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
4051 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ 4060 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
4052 > examples/uImage.TQM850L 4061 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4053 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 4062 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4054 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 4063 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4055 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 4064 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4056 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 4065 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4057 Load Address: 0x00000000 4066 Load Address: 0x00000000
4058 Entry Point: 0x00000000 4067 Entry Point: 0x00000000
4059 4068
4060 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): 4069 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
4061 4070
4062 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L 4071 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4063 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 4072 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4064 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 4073 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4065 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 4074 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4066 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 4075 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4067 Load Address: 0x00000000 4076 Load Address: 0x00000000
4068 Entry Point: 0x00000000 4077 Entry Point: 0x00000000
4069 4078
4070 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade 4079 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4071 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this 4080 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4072 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not 4081 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4073 need to be uncompressed: 4082 need to be uncompressed:
4074 4083
4075 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz 4084 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
4076 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 4085 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4077 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ 4086 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
4078 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ 4087 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
4079 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed 4088 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4080 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 4089 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4081 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 4090 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4082 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) 4091 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4083 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB 4092 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4084 Load Address: 0x00000000 4093 Load Address: 0x00000000
4085 Entry Point: 0x00000000 4094 Entry Point: 0x00000000
4086 4095
4087 4096
4088 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file 4097 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4089 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: 4098 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
4090 4099
4091 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ 4100 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4092 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ 4101 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4093 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd 4102 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4094 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 4103 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4095 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 4104 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4096 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 4105 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4097 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB 4106 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4098 Load Address: 0x00000000 4107 Load Address: 0x00000000
4099 Entry Point: 0x00000000 4108 Entry Point: 0x00000000
4100 4109
4101 4110
4102 Installing a Linux Image: 4111 Installing a Linux Image:
4103 ------------------------- 4112 -------------------------
4104 4113
4105 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, 4114 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4106 you must convert the image to S-Record format: 4115 you must convert the image to S-Record format:
4107 4116
4108 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec 4117 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
4109 4118
4110 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot 4119 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4111 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to 4120 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4112 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to 4121 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4113 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' 4122 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4114 command. 4123 command.
4115 4124
4116 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the 4125 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4117 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): 4126 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
4118 4127
4119 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF 4128 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
4120 4129
4121 .......... done 4130 .......... done
4122 Erased 8 sectors 4131 Erased 8 sectors
4123 4132
4124 => loads 40100000 4133 => loads 40100000
4125 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 4134 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4126 ~>examples/image.srec 4135 ~>examples/image.srec
4127 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... 4136 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4128 ... 4137 ...
4129 15989 15990 15991 15992 4138 15989 15990 15991 15992
4130 [file transfer complete] 4139 [file transfer complete]
4131 [connected] 4140 [connected]
4132 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 4141 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
4133 4142
4134 4143
4135 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; 4144 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
4136 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data 4145 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
4137 corruption happened: 4146 corruption happened:
4138 4147
4139 => imi 40100000 4148 => imi 40100000
4140 4149
4141 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 4150 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4142 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 4151 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4143 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 4152 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4144 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 4153 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4145 Load Address: 00000000 4154 Load Address: 00000000
4146 Entry Point: 0000000c 4155 Entry Point: 0000000c
4147 Verifying Checksum ... OK 4156 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4148 4157
4149 4158
4150 Boot Linux: 4159 Boot Linux:
4151 ----------- 4160 -----------
4152 4161
4153 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in 4162 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4154 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents 4163 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4155 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as 4164 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4156 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the 4165 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4157 "printenv" and "setenv" commands: 4166 "printenv" and "setenv" commands:
4158 4167
4159 4168
4160 => printenv bootargs 4169 => printenv bootargs
4161 bootargs=root=/dev/ram 4170 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
4162 4171
4163 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 4172 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4164 4173
4165 => printenv bootargs 4174 => printenv bootargs
4166 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 4175 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4167 4176
4168 => bootm 40020000 4177 => bootm 40020000
4169 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... 4178 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4170 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L 4179 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4171 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 4180 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4172 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB 4181 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4173 Load Address: 00000000 4182 Load Address: 00000000
4174 Entry Point: 0000000c 4183 Entry Point: 0000000c
4175 Verifying Checksum ... OK 4184 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4176 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 4185 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4177 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 4186 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4178 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 4187 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4179 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 4188 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4180 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 4189 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4181 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] 4190 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4182 ... 4191 ...
4183 4192
4184 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass 4193 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
4185 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT 4194 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4186 format!) to the "bootm" command: 4195 format!) to the "bootm" command:
4187 4196
4188 => imi 40100000 40200000 4197 => imi 40100000 40200000
4189 4198
4190 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 4199 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4191 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 4200 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4192 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 4201 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4193 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 4202 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4194 Load Address: 00000000 4203 Load Address: 00000000
4195 Entry Point: 0000000c 4204 Entry Point: 0000000c
4196 Verifying Checksum ... OK 4205 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4197 4206
4198 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... 4207 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4199 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 4208 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4200 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 4209 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4201 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 4210 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4202 Load Address: 00000000 4211 Load Address: 00000000
4203 Entry Point: 00000000 4212 Entry Point: 00000000
4204 Verifying Checksum ... OK 4213 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4205 4214
4206 => bootm 40100000 40200000 4215 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4207 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... 4216 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4208 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 4217 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4209 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 4218 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4210 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 4219 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4211 Load Address: 00000000 4220 Load Address: 00000000
4212 Entry Point: 0000000c 4221 Entry Point: 0000000c
4213 Verifying Checksum ... OK 4222 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4214 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 4223 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4215 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... 4224 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4216 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 4225 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4217 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 4226 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4218 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 4227 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4219 Load Address: 00000000 4228 Load Address: 00000000
4220 Entry Point: 00000000 4229 Entry Point: 00000000
4221 Verifying Checksum ... OK 4230 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4222 Loading Ramdisk ... OK 4231 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4223 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 4232 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4224 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram 4233 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4225 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 4234 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4226 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 4235 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4227 ... 4236 ...
4228 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 4237 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4229 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). 4238 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
4230 4239
4231 bash# 4240 bash#
4232 4241
4233 Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree: 4242 Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4234 ----------- 4243 -----------
4235 4244
4236 First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section 4245 First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4237 titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The 4246 titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4238 following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated 4247 following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4239 flat device tree: 4248 flat device tree:
4240 4249
4241 => print oftaddr 4250 => print oftaddr
4242 oftaddr=0x300000 4251 oftaddr=0x300000
4243 => print oft 4252 => print oft
4244 oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb 4253 oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4245 => tftp $oftaddr $oft 4254 => tftp $oftaddr $oft
4246 Speed: 1000, full duplex 4255 Speed: 1000, full duplex
4247 Using TSEC0 device 4256 Using TSEC0 device
4248 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 4257 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4249 Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. 4258 Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4250 Load address: 0x300000 4259 Load address: 0x300000
4251 Loading: # 4260 Loading: #
4252 done 4261 done
4253 Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) 4262 Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4254 => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile 4263 => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4255 Speed: 1000, full duplex 4264 Speed: 1000, full duplex
4256 Using TSEC0 device 4265 Using TSEC0 device
4257 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 4266 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4258 Filename 'uImage'. 4267 Filename 'uImage'.
4259 Load address: 0x200000 4268 Load address: 0x200000
4260 Loading:############ 4269 Loading:############
4261 done 4270 done
4262 Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) 4271 Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4263 => print loadaddr 4272 => print loadaddr
4264 loadaddr=200000 4273 loadaddr=200000
4265 => print oftaddr 4274 => print oftaddr
4266 oftaddr=0x300000 4275 oftaddr=0x300000
4267 => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr 4276 => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4268 ## Booting image at 00200000 ... 4277 ## Booting image at 00200000 ...
4269 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty 4278 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4270 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 4279 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4271 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB 4280 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
4272 Load Address: 00000000 4281 Load Address: 00000000
4273 Entry Point: 00000000 4282 Entry Point: 00000000
4274 Verifying Checksum ... OK 4283 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4275 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 4284 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4276 Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000 4285 Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4277 Using MPC85xx ADS machine description 4286 Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4278 Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb 4287 Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4279 [snip] 4288 [snip]
4280 4289
4281 4290
4282 More About U-Boot Image Types: 4291 More About U-Boot Image Types:
4283 ------------------------------ 4292 ------------------------------
4284 4293
4285 U-Boot supports the following image types: 4294 U-Boot supports the following image types:
4286 4295
4287 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment 4296 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4288 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave 4297 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4289 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from 4298 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4290 the Standalone Program. 4299 the Standalone Program.
4291 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which 4300 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4292 will take over control completely. Usually these programs 4301 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4293 will install their own set of exception handlers, device 4302 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4294 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot 4303 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4295 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. 4304 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4296 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their 4305 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4297 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is 4306 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4298 being started. 4307 being started.
4299 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS 4308 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4300 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like 4309 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4301 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want 4310 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4302 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot 4311 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4303 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get 4312 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4304 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. 4313 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
4305 4314
4306 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each 4315 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4307 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network 4316 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4308 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". 4317 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4309 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by 4318 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4310 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to 4319 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4311 a multiple of 4 bytes). 4320 a multiple of 4 bytes).
4312 4321
4313 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like 4322 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4314 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to 4323 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4315 flash memory. 4324 flash memory.
4316 4325
4317 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by 4326 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4318 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially 4327 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4319 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) 4328 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4320 as command interpreter. 4329 as command interpreter.
4321 4330
4322 4331
4323 Standalone HOWTO: 4332 Standalone HOWTO:
4324 ================= 4333 =================
4325 4334
4326 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and 4335 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4327 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of 4336 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4328 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. 4337 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
4329 4338
4330 Two simple examples are included with the sources: 4339 Two simple examples are included with the sources:
4331 4340
4332 "Hello World" Demo: 4341 "Hello World" Demo:
4333 ------------------- 4342 -------------------
4334 4343
4335 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo 4344 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4336 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. 4345 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4337 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it 4346 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4338 like that: 4347 like that:
4339 4348
4340 => loads 4349 => loads
4341 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 4350 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4342 ~>examples/hello_world.srec 4351 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4343 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 4352 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4344 [file transfer complete] 4353 [file transfer complete]
4345 [connected] 4354 [connected]
4346 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 4355 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
4347 4356
4348 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. 4357 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4349 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 4358 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4350 Hello World 4359 Hello World
4351 argc = 7 4360 argc = 7
4352 argv[0] = "40004" 4361 argv[0] = "40004"
4353 argv[1] = "Hello" 4362 argv[1] = "Hello"
4354 argv[2] = "World!" 4363 argv[2] = "World!"
4355 argv[3] = "This" 4364 argv[3] = "This"
4356 argv[4] = "is" 4365 argv[4] = "is"
4357 argv[5] = "a" 4366 argv[5] = "a"
4358 argv[6] = "test." 4367 argv[6] = "test."
4359 argv[7] = "<NULL>" 4368 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4360 Hit any key to exit ... 4369 Hit any key to exit ...
4361 4370
4362 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 4371 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
4363 4372
4364 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt 4373 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4365 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. 4374 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4366 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. 4375 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4367 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' 4376 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4368 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be 4377 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4369 controlled by the following keys: 4378 controlled by the following keys:
4370 4379
4371 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers 4380 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4372 b - enable interrupts and start timer 4381 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4373 e - stop timer and disable interrupts 4382 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4374 q - quit application 4383 q - quit application
4375 4384
4376 => loads 4385 => loads
4377 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 4386 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4378 ~>examples/timer.srec 4387 ~>examples/timer.srec
4379 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 4388 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4380 [file transfer complete] 4389 [file transfer complete]
4381 [connected] 4390 [connected]
4382 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 4391 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
4383 4392
4384 => go 40004 4393 => go 40004
4385 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 4394 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4386 TIMERS=0xfff00980 4395 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4387 Using timer 1 4396 Using timer 1
4388 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 4397 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
4389 4398
4390 Hit 'b': 4399 Hit 'b':
4391 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us 4400 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4392 Enabling timer 4401 Enabling timer
4393 Hit '?': 4402 Hit '?':
4394 [q, b, e, ?] ........ 4403 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4395 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 4404 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4396 Hit '?': 4405 Hit '?':
4397 [q, b, e, ?] . 4406 [q, b, e, ?] .
4398 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 4407 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4399 Hit '?': 4408 Hit '?':
4400 [q, b, e, ?] . 4409 [q, b, e, ?] .
4401 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 4410 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4402 Hit '?': 4411 Hit '?':
4403 [q, b, e, ?] . 4412 [q, b, e, ?] .
4404 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 4413 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4405 Hit 'e': 4414 Hit 'e':
4406 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer 4415 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4407 Hit 'q': 4416 Hit 'q':
4408 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 4417 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
4409 4418
4410 4419
4411 Minicom warning: 4420 Minicom warning:
4412 ================ 4421 ================
4413 4422
4414 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the 4423 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4415 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) 4424 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4416 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under 4425 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4417 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and 4426 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4418 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and 4427 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
4419 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). 4428 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command).
4420 4429
4421 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this 4430 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4422 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: 4431 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
4423 4432
4424 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi 4433 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4425 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N 4434 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4426 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N 4435 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
4427 4436
4428 4437
4429 NetBSD Notes: 4438 NetBSD Notes:
4430 ============= 4439 =============
4431 4440
4432 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host 4441 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4433 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). 4442 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
4434 4443
4435 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on 4444 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4436 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also 4445 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4437 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). 4446 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4438 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; 4447 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4439 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is 4448 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4440 missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: 4449 missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
4441 4450
4442 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include 4451 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4443 # mkdir powerpc 4452 # mkdir powerpc
4444 # ln -s powerpc machine 4453 # ln -s powerpc machine
4445 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h 4454 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4446 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST 4455 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
4447 4456
4448 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native 4457 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4449 and U-Boot include files. 4458 and U-Boot include files.
4450 4459
4451 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a 4460 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4452 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel 4461 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4453 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source 4462 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4454 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the 4463 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
4455 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz 4464 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
4456 4465
4457 4466
4458 Implementation Internals: 4467 Implementation Internals:
4459 ========================= 4468 =========================
4460 4469
4461 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every 4470 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4462 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the 4471 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4463 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom 4472 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4464 hardware. 4473 hardware.
4465 4474
4466 4475
4467 Initial Stack, Global Data: 4476 Initial Stack, Global Data:
4468 --------------------------- 4477 ---------------------------
4469 4478
4470 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot 4479 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4471 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to 4480 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4472 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). 4481 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4473 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS 4482 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4474 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working 4483 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4475 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation 4484 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4476 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU 4485 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4477 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and 4486 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4478 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be 4487 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4479 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. 4488 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
4480 4489
4481 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the 4490 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
4482 U-Boot mailing list: 4491 U-Boot mailing list:
4483 4492
4484 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? 4493 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4485 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> 4494 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4486 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) 4495 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4487 ... 4496 ...
4488 4497
4489 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it 4498 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4490 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not 4499 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4491 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness 4500 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4492 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of 4501 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4493 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's 4502 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
4494 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you 4503 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
4495 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and 4504 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4496 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. 4505 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
4497 4506
4498 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It 4507 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4499 is another option for the system designer to use as an 4508 is another option for the system designer to use as an
4500 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either 4509 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
4501 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your 4510 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4502 board designers haven't used it for something that would 4511 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4503 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not 4512 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4504 used. 4513 used.
4505 4514
4506 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere 4515 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
4507 with your processor/board/system design. The default value 4516 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4508 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in 4517 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
4509 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger 4518 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
4510 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set 4519 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4511 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources 4520 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4512 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in 4521 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4513 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when 4522 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4514 you get the config right. 4523 you get the config right.
4515 4524
4516 -Chris Hallinan 4525 -Chris Hallinan
4517 DS4.COM, Inc. 4526 DS4.COM, Inc.
4518 4527
4519 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C 4528 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4520 code for the initialization procedures: 4529 code for the initialization procedures:
4521 4530
4522 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt 4531 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4523 to write it. 4532 to write it.
4524 4533
4525 * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized 4534 * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
4526 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- 4535 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4527 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). 4536 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
4528 4537
4529 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like 4538 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4530 that. 4539 that.
4531 4540
4532 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use 4541 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
4533 normal global data to share information beween the code. But it 4542 normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
4534 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly 4543 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4535 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all 4544 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4536 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ 4545 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4537 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of 4546 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4538 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we 4547 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4539 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we 4548 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4540 reserve for this purpose. 4549 reserve for this purpose.
4541 4550
4542 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the 4551 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4543 relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by 4552 relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4544 GCC's implementation. 4553 GCC's implementation.
4545 4554
4546 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: 4555 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4547 R1: stack pointer 4556 R1: stack pointer
4548 R2: reserved for system use 4557 R2: reserved for system use
4549 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values 4558 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4550 R5-R10: parameter passing 4559 R5-R10: parameter passing
4551 R13: small data area pointer 4560 R13: small data area pointer
4552 R30: GOT pointer 4561 R30: GOT pointer
4553 R31: frame pointer 4562 R31: frame pointer
4554 4563
4555 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 4564 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4556 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when 4565 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4557 going back and forth between asm and C) 4566 going back and forth between asm and C)
4558 4567
4559 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data 4568 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
4560 4569
4561 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the 4570 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4562 address of the global data structure is known at compile time), 4571 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4563 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat 4572 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4564 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on 4573 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4565 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, 4574 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4566 624 text + 127 data). 4575 624 text + 127 data).
4567 4576
4568 On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: 4577 On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
4569 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface 4578 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
4570 4579
4571 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data 4580 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
4572 4581
4573 On ARM, the following registers are used: 4582 On ARM, the following registers are used:
4574 4583
4575 R0: function argument word/integer result 4584 R0: function argument word/integer result
4576 R1-R3: function argument word 4585 R1-R3: function argument word
4577 R9: GOT pointer 4586 R9: GOT pointer
4578 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled) 4587 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
4579 R11: argument (frame) pointer 4588 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4580 R12: temporary workspace 4589 R12: temporary workspace
4581 R13: stack pointer 4590 R13: stack pointer
4582 R14: link register 4591 R14: link register
4583 R15: program counter 4592 R15: program counter
4584 4593
4585 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data 4594 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
4586 4595
4587 On Nios II, the ABI is documented here: 4596 On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4588 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf 4597 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4589 4598
4590 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data 4599 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4591 4600
4592 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp 4601 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4593 to access small data sections, so gp is free. 4602 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4594 4603
4595 On NDS32, the following registers are used: 4604 On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4596 4605
4597 R0-R1: argument/return 4606 R0-R1: argument/return
4598 R2-R5: argument 4607 R2-R5: argument
4599 R15: temporary register for assembler 4608 R15: temporary register for assembler
4600 R16: trampoline register 4609 R16: trampoline register
4601 R28: frame pointer (FP) 4610 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4602 R29: global pointer (GP) 4611 R29: global pointer (GP)
4603 R30: link register (LP) 4612 R30: link register (LP)
4604 R31: stack pointer (SP) 4613 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4605 PC: program counter (PC) 4614 PC: program counter (PC)
4606 4615
4607 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data 4616 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4608 4617
4609 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, 4618 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4610 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. 4619 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
4611 4620
4612 Memory Management: 4621 Memory Management:
4613 ------------------ 4622 ------------------
4614 4623
4615 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the 4624 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4616 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. 4625 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
4617 4626
4618 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory 4627 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4619 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each 4628 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4620 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several 4629 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4621 physical memory banks. 4630 physical memory banks.
4622 4631
4623 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on 4632 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4624 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After 4633 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4625 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself 4634 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4626 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some 4635 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
4627 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN 4636 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
4628 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board 4637 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4629 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). 4638 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
4630 4639
4631 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB 4640 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4632 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). 4641 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
4633 4642
4634 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like 4643 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4635 this: 4644 this:
4636 4645
4637 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code 4646 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4638 : 4647 :
4639 0x0000 1FFF 4648 0x0000 1FFF
4640 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use 4649 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4641 : 4650 :
4642 : 4651 :
4643 4652
4644 : 4653 :
4645 : 4654 :
4646 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) 4655 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4647 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data 4656 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4648 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena 4657 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4649 : 4658 :
4650 0x00FD FFFF 4659 0x00FD FFFF
4651 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code 4660 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4652 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer 4661 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4653 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) 4662 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4654 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] 4663 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
4655 4664
4656 4665
4657 System Initialization: 4666 System Initialization:
4658 ---------------------- 4667 ----------------------
4659 4668
4660 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point 4669 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
4661 (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset 4670 (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
4662 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory. 4671 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
4663 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. 4672 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4664 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) 4673 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4665 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs 4674 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
4666 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked 4675 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
4667 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, 4676 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
4668 the caches and the SIU. 4677 the caches and the SIU.
4669 4678
4670 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a 4679 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4671 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries 4680 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4672 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash 4681 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4673 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is 4682 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4674 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a 4683 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4675 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM 4684 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4676 banks. 4685 banks.
4677 4686
4678 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of 4687 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4679 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first 4688 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4680 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address 4689 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
4681 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create 4690 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4682 contiguous memory starting from 0. 4691 contiguous memory starting from 0.
4683 4692
4684 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area 4693 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4685 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board 4694 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4686 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM 4695 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4687 pages, and the final stack is set up. 4696 pages, and the final stack is set up.
4688 4697
4689 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; 4698 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4690 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are 4699 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4691 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a 4700 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4692 new address in RAM. 4701 new address in RAM.
4693 4702
4694 4703
4695 U-Boot Porting Guide: 4704 U-Boot Porting Guide:
4696 ---------------------- 4705 ----------------------
4697 4706
4698 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing 4707 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4699 list, October 2002] 4708 list, October 2002]
4700 4709
4701 4710
4702 int main(int argc, char *argv[]) 4711 int main(int argc, char *argv[])
4703 { 4712 {
4704 sighandler_t no_more_time; 4713 sighandler_t no_more_time;
4705 4714
4706 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); 4715 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4707 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); 4716 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
4708 4717
4709 if (available_money > available_manpower) { 4718 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
4710 Pay consultant to port U-Boot; 4719 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
4711 return 0; 4720 return 0;
4712 } 4721 }
4713 4722
4714 Download latest U-Boot source; 4723 Download latest U-Boot source;
4715 4724
4716 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; 4725 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
4717 4726
4718 if (clueless) 4727 if (clueless)
4719 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); 4728 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
4720 4729
4721 while (learning) { 4730 while (learning) {
4722 Read the README file in the top level directory; 4731 Read the README file in the top level directory;
4723 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; 4732 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4724 Read applicable doc/*.README; 4733 Read applicable doc/*.README;
4725 Read the source, Luke; 4734 Read the source, Luke;
4726 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ 4735 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
4727 } 4736 }
4728 4737
4729 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) 4738 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4730 Buy a BDI3000; 4739 Buy a BDI3000;
4731 else 4740 else
4732 Add a lot of aggravation and time; 4741 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
4733 4742
4734 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ 4743 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4735 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> 4744 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4736 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h 4745 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4737 } else { 4746 } else {
4738 Create your own board support subdirectory; 4747 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4739 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; 4748 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
4740 } 4749 }
4741 Edit new board/<myboard> files 4750 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4742 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h 4751 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
4743 4752
4744 while (!accepted) { 4753 while (!accepted) {
4745 while (!running) { 4754 while (!running) {
4746 do { 4755 do {
4747 Add / modify source code; 4756 Add / modify source code;
4748 } until (compiles); 4757 } until (compiles);
4749 Debug; 4758 Debug;
4750 if (clueless) 4759 if (clueless)
4751 email("Hi, I am having problems..."); 4760 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
4752 } 4761 }
4753 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; 4762 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
4754 if (reasonable critiques) 4763 if (reasonable critiques)
4755 Incorporate improvements from email list code review; 4764 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
4756 else 4765 else
4757 Defend code as written; 4766 Defend code as written;
4758 } 4767 }
4759 4768
4760 return 0; 4769 return 0;
4761 } 4770 }
4762 4771
4763 void no_more_time (int sig) 4772 void no_more_time (int sig)
4764 { 4773 {
4765 hire_a_guru(); 4774 hire_a_guru();
4766 } 4775 }
4767 4776
4768 4777
4769 Coding Standards: 4778 Coding Standards:
4770 ----------------- 4779 -----------------
4771 4780
4772 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel 4781 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
4773 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script 4782 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
4774 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. 4783 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
4775 4784
4776 Source files originating from a different project (for example the 4785 Source files originating from a different project (for example the
4777 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not 4786 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
4778 reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those 4787 reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
4779 sources. 4788 sources.
4780 4789
4781 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in 4790 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
4782 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) 4791 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
4783 in your code. 4792 in your code.
4784 4793
4785 Please also stick to the following formatting rules: 4794 Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
4786 - remove any trailing white space 4795 - remove any trailing white space
4787 - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces 4796 - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
4788 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds 4797 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
4789 - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files 4798 - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
4790 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files 4799 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files
4791 4800
4792 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned 4801 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
4793 with a request to reformat the changes. 4802 with a request to reformat the changes.
4794 4803
4795 4804
4796 Submitting Patches: 4805 Submitting Patches:
4797 ------------------- 4806 -------------------
4798 4807
4799 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to 4808 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
4800 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules 4809 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
4801 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. 4810 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
4802 4811
4803 Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. 4812 Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
4804 4813
4805 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; 4814 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
4806 see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot 4815 see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
4807 4816
4808 When you send a patch, please include the following information with 4817 When you send a patch, please include the following information with
4809 it: 4818 it:
4810 4819
4811 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes 4820 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
4812 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the 4821 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
4813 patch actually fixes something. 4822 patch actually fixes something.
4814 4823
4815 * For new features: a description of the feature and your 4824 * For new features: a description of the feature and your
4816 implementation. 4825 implementation.
4817 4826
4818 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) 4827 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
4819 4828
4820 * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file 4829 * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
4821 4830
4822 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this 4831 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
4823 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too. 4832 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
4824 4833
4825 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to 4834 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
4826 document these in the README file. 4835 document these in the README file.
4827 4836
4828 * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* 4837 * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
4829 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the 4838 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
4830 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to 4839 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
4831 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems 4840 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
4832 with some other mail clients. 4841 with some other mail clients.
4833 4842
4834 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of 4843 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
4835 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of 4844 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
4836 GNU diff. 4845 GNU diff.
4837 4846
4838 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent 4847 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
4839 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that 4848 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
4840 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the 4849 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
4841 affected files). 4850 affected files).
4842 4851
4843 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, 4852 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
4844 and compressed attachments must not be used. 4853 and compressed attachments must not be used.
4845 4854
4846 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several 4855 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
4847 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. 4856 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
4848 4857
4849 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be 4858 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
4850 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. 4859 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
4851 4860
4852 4861
4853 Notes: 4862 Notes:
4854 4863
4855 * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched 4864 * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
4856 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported 4865 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
4857 for any of the boards. 4866 for any of the boards.
4858 4867
4859 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch 4868 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
4860 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be 4869 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
4861 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. 4870 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
4862 4871
4863 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not 4872 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
4864 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! 4873 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
4865 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only 4874 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
4866 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature 4875 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
4867 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your 4876 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
4868 modification. 4877 modification.
4869 4878
4870 * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the 4879 * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
4871 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are 4880 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
4872 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches 4881 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
4873 bigger than the size limit should be avoided. 4882 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.
4874 4883
1 /* 1 /*
2 * (C) Copyright 2000-2009 2 * (C) Copyright 2000-2009
3 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 3 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4 * 4 *
5 * See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this 5 * See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6 * project. 6 * project.
7 * 7 *
8 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or 8 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as 9 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10 * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of 10 * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11 * the License, or (at your option) any later version. 11 * the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12 * 12 *
13 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 13 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 14 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 15 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 * GNU General Public License for more details. 16 * GNU General Public License for more details.
17 * 17 *
18 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 18 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software 19 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, 20 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21 * MA 02111-1307 USA 21 * MA 02111-1307 USA
22 */ 22 */
23 23
24 #ifndef __VSPRINTF_H 24 #ifndef __VSPRINTF_H
25 #define __VSPRINTF_H 25 #define __VSPRINTF_H
26 26
27 ulong simple_strtoul(const char *cp, char **endp, unsigned int base); 27 ulong simple_strtoul(const char *cp, char **endp, unsigned int base);
28 int strict_strtoul(const char *cp, unsigned int base, unsigned long *res); 28 int strict_strtoul(const char *cp, unsigned int base, unsigned long *res);
29 unsigned long long simple_strtoull(const char *cp, char **endp, 29 unsigned long long simple_strtoull(const char *cp, char **endp,
30 unsigned int base); 30 unsigned int base);
31 long simple_strtol(const char *cp, char **endp, unsigned int base); 31 long simple_strtol(const char *cp, char **endp, unsigned int base);
32 void panic(const char *fmt, ...) 32 void panic(const char *fmt, ...)
33 __attribute__ ((format (__printf__, 1, 2), noreturn)); 33 __attribute__ ((format (__printf__, 1, 2), noreturn));
34 int sprintf(char *buf, const char *fmt, ...) 34 int sprintf(char *buf, const char *fmt, ...)
35 __attribute__ ((format (__printf__, 2, 3))); 35 __attribute__ ((format (__printf__, 2, 3)));
36 int vsprintf(char *buf, const char *fmt, va_list args); 36 int vsprintf(char *buf, const char *fmt, va_list args);
37 char *simple_itoa(ulong i); 37 char *simple_itoa(ulong i);
38 38
39 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF
40 int snprintf(char *buf, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...)
41 __attribute__ ((format (__printf__, 3, 4)));
42 int scnprintf(char *buf, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...)
43 __attribute__ ((format (__printf__, 3, 4)));
44 int vsnprintf(char *buf, size_t size, const char *fmt, va_list args);
45 int vscnprintf(char *buf, size_t size, const char *fmt, va_list args);
46 #else
47 /*
48 * Use macros to silently drop the size parameter. Note that the 'cn'
49 * versions are the same as the 'n' versions since the functions assume
50 * there is always enough buffer space when !CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF
51 */
52 #define snprintf(buf, size, fmt, args...) sprintf(buf, fmt, ##args)
53 #define scnprintf(buf, size, fmt, args...) sprintf(buf, fmt, ##args)
54 #define vsnprintf(buf, size, fmt, args...) vsprintf(buf, fmt, ##args)
55 #define vscnprintf(buf, size, fmt, args...) vsprintf(buf, fmt, ##args)
56 #endif /* CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF */
57
39 #endif 58 #endif
40 59
1 /* 1 /*
2 * linux/lib/vsprintf.c 2 * linux/lib/vsprintf.c
3 * 3 *
4 * Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Linus Torvalds 4 * Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Linus Torvalds
5 */ 5 */
6 6
7 /* vsprintf.c -- Lars Wirzenius & Linus Torvalds. */ 7 /* vsprintf.c -- Lars Wirzenius & Linus Torvalds. */
8 /* 8 /*
9 * Wirzenius wrote this portably, Torvalds fucked it up :-) 9 * Wirzenius wrote this portably, Torvalds fucked it up :-)
10 * 10 *
11 * from hush: simple_itoa() was lifted from boa-0.93.15 11 * from hush: simple_itoa() was lifted from boa-0.93.15
12 */ 12 */
13 13
14 #include <stdarg.h> 14 #include <stdarg.h>
15 #include <linux/types.h> 15 #include <linux/types.h>
16 #include <linux/string.h> 16 #include <linux/string.h>
17 #include <linux/ctype.h> 17 #include <linux/ctype.h>
18 #include <errno.h> 18 #include <errno.h>
19 19
20 #include <common.h> 20 #include <common.h>
21 #if !defined (CONFIG_PANIC_HANG) 21 #if !defined (CONFIG_PANIC_HANG)
22 #include <command.h> 22 #include <command.h>
23 #endif 23 #endif
24 24
25 #include <div64.h> 25 #include <div64.h>
26 # define NUM_TYPE long long 26 # define NUM_TYPE long long
27 #define noinline __attribute__((noinline)) 27 #define noinline __attribute__((noinline))
28 28
29 /* some reluctance to put this into a new limits.h, so it is here */
30 #define INT_MAX ((int)(~0U>>1))
31
29 const char hex_asc[] = "0123456789abcdef"; 32 const char hex_asc[] = "0123456789abcdef";
30 #define hex_asc_lo(x) hex_asc[((x) & 0x0f)] 33 #define hex_asc_lo(x) hex_asc[((x) & 0x0f)]
31 #define hex_asc_hi(x) hex_asc[((x) & 0xf0) >> 4] 34 #define hex_asc_hi(x) hex_asc[((x) & 0xf0) >> 4]
32 35
33 static inline char *pack_hex_byte(char *buf, u8 byte) 36 static inline char *pack_hex_byte(char *buf, u8 byte)
34 { 37 {
35 *buf++ = hex_asc_hi(byte); 38 *buf++ = hex_asc_hi(byte);
36 *buf++ = hex_asc_lo(byte); 39 *buf++ = hex_asc_lo(byte);
37 return buf; 40 return buf;
38 } 41 }
39 42
40 unsigned long simple_strtoul(const char *cp,char **endp,unsigned int base) 43 unsigned long simple_strtoul(const char *cp,char **endp,unsigned int base)
41 { 44 {
42 unsigned long result = 0,value; 45 unsigned long result = 0,value;
43 46
44 if (*cp == '0') { 47 if (*cp == '0') {
45 cp++; 48 cp++;
46 if ((*cp == 'x') && isxdigit(cp[1])) { 49 if ((*cp == 'x') && isxdigit(cp[1])) {
47 base = 16; 50 base = 16;
48 cp++; 51 cp++;
49 } 52 }
50 if (!base) { 53 if (!base) {
51 base = 8; 54 base = 8;
52 } 55 }
53 } 56 }
54 if (!base) { 57 if (!base) {
55 base = 10; 58 base = 10;
56 } 59 }
57 while (isxdigit(*cp) && (value = isdigit(*cp) ? *cp-'0' : (islower(*cp) 60 while (isxdigit(*cp) && (value = isdigit(*cp) ? *cp-'0' : (islower(*cp)
58 ? toupper(*cp) : *cp)-'A'+10) < base) { 61 ? toupper(*cp) : *cp)-'A'+10) < base) {
59 result = result*base + value; 62 result = result*base + value;
60 cp++; 63 cp++;
61 } 64 }
62 if (endp) 65 if (endp)
63 *endp = (char *)cp; 66 *endp = (char *)cp;
64 return result; 67 return result;
65 } 68 }
66 69
67 /** 70 /**
68 * strict_strtoul - convert a string to an unsigned long strictly 71 * strict_strtoul - convert a string to an unsigned long strictly
69 * @cp: The string to be converted 72 * @cp: The string to be converted
70 * @base: The number base to use 73 * @base: The number base to use
71 * @res: The converted result value 74 * @res: The converted result value
72 * 75 *
73 * strict_strtoul converts a string to an unsigned long only if the 76 * strict_strtoul converts a string to an unsigned long only if the
74 * string is really an unsigned long string, any string containing 77 * string is really an unsigned long string, any string containing
75 * any invalid char at the tail will be rejected and -EINVAL is returned, 78 * any invalid char at the tail will be rejected and -EINVAL is returned,
76 * only a newline char at the tail is acceptible because people generally 79 * only a newline char at the tail is acceptible because people generally
77 * change a module parameter in the following way: 80 * change a module parameter in the following way:
78 * 81 *
79 * echo 1024 > /sys/module/e1000/parameters/copybreak 82 * echo 1024 > /sys/module/e1000/parameters/copybreak
80 * 83 *
81 * echo will append a newline to the tail. 84 * echo will append a newline to the tail.
82 * 85 *
83 * It returns 0 if conversion is successful and *res is set to the converted 86 * It returns 0 if conversion is successful and *res is set to the converted
84 * value, otherwise it returns -EINVAL and *res is set to 0. 87 * value, otherwise it returns -EINVAL and *res is set to 0.
85 * 88 *
86 * simple_strtoul just ignores the successive invalid characters and 89 * simple_strtoul just ignores the successive invalid characters and
87 * return the converted value of prefix part of the string. 90 * return the converted value of prefix part of the string.
88 * 91 *
89 * Copied this function from Linux 2.6.38 commit ID: 92 * Copied this function from Linux 2.6.38 commit ID:
90 * 521cb40b0c44418a4fd36dc633f575813d59a43d 93 * 521cb40b0c44418a4fd36dc633f575813d59a43d
91 * 94 *
92 */ 95 */
93 int strict_strtoul(const char *cp, unsigned int base, unsigned long *res) 96 int strict_strtoul(const char *cp, unsigned int base, unsigned long *res)
94 { 97 {
95 char *tail; 98 char *tail;
96 unsigned long val; 99 unsigned long val;
97 size_t len; 100 size_t len;
98 101
99 *res = 0; 102 *res = 0;
100 len = strlen(cp); 103 len = strlen(cp);
101 if (len == 0) 104 if (len == 0)
102 return -EINVAL; 105 return -EINVAL;
103 106
104 val = simple_strtoul(cp, &tail, base); 107 val = simple_strtoul(cp, &tail, base);
105 if (tail == cp) 108 if (tail == cp)
106 return -EINVAL; 109 return -EINVAL;
107 110
108 if ((*tail == '\0') || 111 if ((*tail == '\0') ||
109 ((len == (size_t)(tail - cp) + 1) && (*tail == '\n'))) { 112 ((len == (size_t)(tail - cp) + 1) && (*tail == '\n'))) {
110 *res = val; 113 *res = val;
111 return 0; 114 return 0;
112 } 115 }
113 116
114 return -EINVAL; 117 return -EINVAL;
115 } 118 }
116 119
117 long simple_strtol(const char *cp,char **endp,unsigned int base) 120 long simple_strtol(const char *cp,char **endp,unsigned int base)
118 { 121 {
119 if(*cp=='-') 122 if(*cp=='-')
120 return -simple_strtoul(cp+1,endp,base); 123 return -simple_strtoul(cp+1,endp,base);
121 return simple_strtoul(cp,endp,base); 124 return simple_strtoul(cp,endp,base);
122 } 125 }
123 126
124 int ustrtoul(const char *cp, char **endp, unsigned int base) 127 int ustrtoul(const char *cp, char **endp, unsigned int base)
125 { 128 {
126 unsigned long result = simple_strtoul(cp, endp, base); 129 unsigned long result = simple_strtoul(cp, endp, base);
127 switch (**endp) { 130 switch (**endp) {
128 case 'G' : 131 case 'G' :
129 result *= 1024; 132 result *= 1024;
130 /* fall through */ 133 /* fall through */
131 case 'M': 134 case 'M':
132 result *= 1024; 135 result *= 1024;
133 /* fall through */ 136 /* fall through */
134 case 'K': 137 case 'K':
135 case 'k': 138 case 'k':
136 result *= 1024; 139 result *= 1024;
137 if ((*endp)[1] == 'i') { 140 if ((*endp)[1] == 'i') {
138 if ((*endp)[2] == 'B') 141 if ((*endp)[2] == 'B')
139 (*endp) += 3; 142 (*endp) += 3;
140 else 143 else
141 (*endp) += 2; 144 (*endp) += 2;
142 } 145 }
143 } 146 }
144 return result; 147 return result;
145 } 148 }
146 149
147 unsigned long long simple_strtoull (const char *cp, char **endp, unsigned int base) 150 unsigned long long simple_strtoull (const char *cp, char **endp, unsigned int base)
148 { 151 {
149 unsigned long long result = 0, value; 152 unsigned long long result = 0, value;
150 153
151 if (*cp == '0') { 154 if (*cp == '0') {
152 cp++; 155 cp++;
153 if ((*cp == 'x') && isxdigit (cp[1])) { 156 if ((*cp == 'x') && isxdigit (cp[1])) {
154 base = 16; 157 base = 16;
155 cp++; 158 cp++;
156 } 159 }
157 if (!base) { 160 if (!base) {
158 base = 8; 161 base = 8;
159 } 162 }
160 } 163 }
161 if (!base) { 164 if (!base) {
162 base = 10; 165 base = 10;
163 } 166 }
164 while (isxdigit (*cp) && (value = isdigit (*cp) 167 while (isxdigit (*cp) && (value = isdigit (*cp)
165 ? *cp - '0' 168 ? *cp - '0'
166 : (islower (*cp) ? toupper (*cp) : *cp) - 'A' + 10) < base) { 169 : (islower (*cp) ? toupper (*cp) : *cp) - 'A' + 10) < base) {
167 result = result * base + value; 170 result = result * base + value;
168 cp++; 171 cp++;
169 } 172 }
170 if (endp) 173 if (endp)
171 *endp = (char *) cp; 174 *endp = (char *) cp;
172 return result; 175 return result;
173 } 176 }
174 177
175 /* we use this so that we can do without the ctype library */ 178 /* we use this so that we can do without the ctype library */
176 #define is_digit(c) ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '9') 179 #define is_digit(c) ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '9')
177 180
178 static int skip_atoi(const char **s) 181 static int skip_atoi(const char **s)
179 { 182 {
180 int i=0; 183 int i=0;
181 184
182 while (is_digit(**s)) 185 while (is_digit(**s))
183 i = i*10 + *((*s)++) - '0'; 186 i = i*10 + *((*s)++) - '0';
184 return i; 187 return i;
185 } 188 }
186 189
187 /* Decimal conversion is by far the most typical, and is used 190 /* Decimal conversion is by far the most typical, and is used
188 * for /proc and /sys data. This directly impacts e.g. top performance 191 * for /proc and /sys data. This directly impacts e.g. top performance
189 * with many processes running. We optimize it for speed 192 * with many processes running. We optimize it for speed
190 * using code from 193 * using code from
191 * http://www.cs.uiowa.edu/~jones/bcd/decimal.html 194 * http://www.cs.uiowa.edu/~jones/bcd/decimal.html
192 * (with permission from the author, Douglas W. Jones). */ 195 * (with permission from the author, Douglas W. Jones). */
193 196
194 /* Formats correctly any integer in [0,99999]. 197 /* Formats correctly any integer in [0,99999].
195 * Outputs from one to five digits depending on input. 198 * Outputs from one to five digits depending on input.
196 * On i386 gcc 4.1.2 -O2: ~250 bytes of code. */ 199 * On i386 gcc 4.1.2 -O2: ~250 bytes of code. */
197 static char* put_dec_trunc(char *buf, unsigned q) 200 static char* put_dec_trunc(char *buf, unsigned q)
198 { 201 {
199 unsigned d3, d2, d1, d0; 202 unsigned d3, d2, d1, d0;
200 d1 = (q>>4) & 0xf; 203 d1 = (q>>4) & 0xf;
201 d2 = (q>>8) & 0xf; 204 d2 = (q>>8) & 0xf;
202 d3 = (q>>12); 205 d3 = (q>>12);
203 206
204 d0 = 6*(d3 + d2 + d1) + (q & 0xf); 207 d0 = 6*(d3 + d2 + d1) + (q & 0xf);
205 q = (d0 * 0xcd) >> 11; 208 q = (d0 * 0xcd) >> 11;
206 d0 = d0 - 10*q; 209 d0 = d0 - 10*q;
207 *buf++ = d0 + '0'; /* least significant digit */ 210 *buf++ = d0 + '0'; /* least significant digit */
208 d1 = q + 9*d3 + 5*d2 + d1; 211 d1 = q + 9*d3 + 5*d2 + d1;
209 if (d1 != 0) { 212 if (d1 != 0) {
210 q = (d1 * 0xcd) >> 11; 213 q = (d1 * 0xcd) >> 11;
211 d1 = d1 - 10*q; 214 d1 = d1 - 10*q;
212 *buf++ = d1 + '0'; /* next digit */ 215 *buf++ = d1 + '0'; /* next digit */
213 216
214 d2 = q + 2*d2; 217 d2 = q + 2*d2;
215 if ((d2 != 0) || (d3 != 0)) { 218 if ((d2 != 0) || (d3 != 0)) {
216 q = (d2 * 0xd) >> 7; 219 q = (d2 * 0xd) >> 7;
217 d2 = d2 - 10*q; 220 d2 = d2 - 10*q;
218 *buf++ = d2 + '0'; /* next digit */ 221 *buf++ = d2 + '0'; /* next digit */
219 222
220 d3 = q + 4*d3; 223 d3 = q + 4*d3;
221 if (d3 != 0) { 224 if (d3 != 0) {
222 q = (d3 * 0xcd) >> 11; 225 q = (d3 * 0xcd) >> 11;
223 d3 = d3 - 10*q; 226 d3 = d3 - 10*q;
224 *buf++ = d3 + '0'; /* next digit */ 227 *buf++ = d3 + '0'; /* next digit */
225 if (q != 0) 228 if (q != 0)
226 *buf++ = q + '0'; /* most sign. digit */ 229 *buf++ = q + '0'; /* most sign. digit */
227 } 230 }
228 } 231 }
229 } 232 }
230 return buf; 233 return buf;
231 } 234 }
232 /* Same with if's removed. Always emits five digits */ 235 /* Same with if's removed. Always emits five digits */
233 static char* put_dec_full(char *buf, unsigned q) 236 static char* put_dec_full(char *buf, unsigned q)
234 { 237 {
235 /* BTW, if q is in [0,9999], 8-bit ints will be enough, */ 238 /* BTW, if q is in [0,9999], 8-bit ints will be enough, */
236 /* but anyway, gcc produces better code with full-sized ints */ 239 /* but anyway, gcc produces better code with full-sized ints */
237 unsigned d3, d2, d1, d0; 240 unsigned d3, d2, d1, d0;
238 d1 = (q>>4) & 0xf; 241 d1 = (q>>4) & 0xf;
239 d2 = (q>>8) & 0xf; 242 d2 = (q>>8) & 0xf;
240 d3 = (q>>12); 243 d3 = (q>>12);
241 244
242 /* 245 /*
243 * Possible ways to approx. divide by 10 246 * Possible ways to approx. divide by 10
244 * gcc -O2 replaces multiply with shifts and adds 247 * gcc -O2 replaces multiply with shifts and adds
245 * (x * 0xcd) >> 11: 11001101 - shorter code than * 0x67 (on i386) 248 * (x * 0xcd) >> 11: 11001101 - shorter code than * 0x67 (on i386)
246 * (x * 0x67) >> 10: 1100111 249 * (x * 0x67) >> 10: 1100111
247 * (x * 0x34) >> 9: 110100 - same 250 * (x * 0x34) >> 9: 110100 - same
248 * (x * 0x1a) >> 8: 11010 - same 251 * (x * 0x1a) >> 8: 11010 - same
249 * (x * 0x0d) >> 7: 1101 - same, shortest code (on i386) 252 * (x * 0x0d) >> 7: 1101 - same, shortest code (on i386)
250 */ 253 */
251 254
252 d0 = 6*(d3 + d2 + d1) + (q & 0xf); 255 d0 = 6*(d3 + d2 + d1) + (q & 0xf);
253 q = (d0 * 0xcd) >> 11; 256 q = (d0 * 0xcd) >> 11;
254 d0 = d0 - 10*q; 257 d0 = d0 - 10*q;
255 *buf++ = d0 + '0'; 258 *buf++ = d0 + '0';
256 d1 = q + 9*d3 + 5*d2 + d1; 259 d1 = q + 9*d3 + 5*d2 + d1;
257 q = (d1 * 0xcd) >> 11; 260 q = (d1 * 0xcd) >> 11;
258 d1 = d1 - 10*q; 261 d1 = d1 - 10*q;
259 *buf++ = d1 + '0'; 262 *buf++ = d1 + '0';
260 263
261 d2 = q + 2*d2; 264 d2 = q + 2*d2;
262 q = (d2 * 0xd) >> 7; 265 q = (d2 * 0xd) >> 7;
263 d2 = d2 - 10*q; 266 d2 = d2 - 10*q;
264 *buf++ = d2 + '0'; 267 *buf++ = d2 + '0';
265 268
266 d3 = q + 4*d3; 269 d3 = q + 4*d3;
267 q = (d3 * 0xcd) >> 11; /* - shorter code */ 270 q = (d3 * 0xcd) >> 11; /* - shorter code */
268 /* q = (d3 * 0x67) >> 10; - would also work */ 271 /* q = (d3 * 0x67) >> 10; - would also work */
269 d3 = d3 - 10*q; 272 d3 = d3 - 10*q;
270 *buf++ = d3 + '0'; 273 *buf++ = d3 + '0';
271 *buf++ = q + '0'; 274 *buf++ = q + '0';
272 return buf; 275 return buf;
273 } 276 }
274 /* No inlining helps gcc to use registers better */ 277 /* No inlining helps gcc to use registers better */
275 static noinline char* put_dec(char *buf, unsigned NUM_TYPE num) 278 static noinline char* put_dec(char *buf, unsigned NUM_TYPE num)
276 { 279 {
277 while (1) { 280 while (1) {
278 unsigned rem; 281 unsigned rem;
279 if (num < 100000) 282 if (num < 100000)
280 return put_dec_trunc(buf, num); 283 return put_dec_trunc(buf, num);
281 rem = do_div(num, 100000); 284 rem = do_div(num, 100000);
282 buf = put_dec_full(buf, rem); 285 buf = put_dec_full(buf, rem);
283 } 286 }
284 } 287 }
285 288
286 #define ZEROPAD 1 /* pad with zero */ 289 #define ZEROPAD 1 /* pad with zero */
287 #define SIGN 2 /* unsigned/signed long */ 290 #define SIGN 2 /* unsigned/signed long */
288 #define PLUS 4 /* show plus */ 291 #define PLUS 4 /* show plus */
289 #define SPACE 8 /* space if plus */ 292 #define SPACE 8 /* space if plus */
290 #define LEFT 16 /* left justified */ 293 #define LEFT 16 /* left justified */
291 #define SMALL 32 /* Must be 32 == 0x20 */ 294 #define SMALL 32 /* Must be 32 == 0x20 */
292 #define SPECIAL 64 /* 0x */ 295 #define SPECIAL 64 /* 0x */
293 296
294 static char *number(char *buf, unsigned NUM_TYPE num, int base, int size, int precision, int type) 297 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF
298 /*
299 * Macro to add a new character to our output string, but only if it will
300 * fit. The macro moves to the next character position in the output string.
301 */
302 #define ADDCH(str, ch) do { \
303 if ((str) < end) \
304 *(str) = (ch); \
305 ++str; \
306 } while (0)
307 #else
308 #define ADDCH(str, ch) (*(str)++ = (ch))
309 #endif
310
311 static char *number(char *buf, char *end, unsigned NUM_TYPE num,
312 int base, int size, int precision, int type)
295 { 313 {
296 /* we are called with base 8, 10 or 16, only, thus don't need "G..." */ 314 /* we are called with base 8, 10 or 16, only, thus don't need "G..." */
297 static const char digits[16] = "0123456789ABCDEF"; /* "GHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"; */ 315 static const char digits[16] = "0123456789ABCDEF"; /* "GHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"; */
298 316
299 char tmp[66]; 317 char tmp[66];
300 char sign; 318 char sign;
301 char locase; 319 char locase;
302 int need_pfx = ((type & SPECIAL) && base != 10); 320 int need_pfx = ((type & SPECIAL) && base != 10);
303 int i; 321 int i;
304 322
305 /* locase = 0 or 0x20. ORing digits or letters with 'locase' 323 /* locase = 0 or 0x20. ORing digits or letters with 'locase'
306 * produces same digits or (maybe lowercased) letters */ 324 * produces same digits or (maybe lowercased) letters */
307 locase = (type & SMALL); 325 locase = (type & SMALL);
308 if (type & LEFT) 326 if (type & LEFT)
309 type &= ~ZEROPAD; 327 type &= ~ZEROPAD;
310 sign = 0; 328 sign = 0;
311 if (type & SIGN) { 329 if (type & SIGN) {
312 if ((signed NUM_TYPE) num < 0) { 330 if ((signed NUM_TYPE) num < 0) {
313 sign = '-'; 331 sign = '-';
314 num = - (signed NUM_TYPE) num; 332 num = - (signed NUM_TYPE) num;
315 size--; 333 size--;
316 } else if (type & PLUS) { 334 } else if (type & PLUS) {
317 sign = '+'; 335 sign = '+';
318 size--; 336 size--;
319 } else if (type & SPACE) { 337 } else if (type & SPACE) {
320 sign = ' '; 338 sign = ' ';
321 size--; 339 size--;
322 } 340 }
323 } 341 }
324 if (need_pfx) { 342 if (need_pfx) {
325 size--; 343 size--;
326 if (base == 16) 344 if (base == 16)
327 size--; 345 size--;
328 } 346 }
329 347
330 /* generate full string in tmp[], in reverse order */ 348 /* generate full string in tmp[], in reverse order */
331 i = 0; 349 i = 0;
332 if (num == 0) 350 if (num == 0)
333 tmp[i++] = '0'; 351 tmp[i++] = '0';
334 /* Generic code, for any base: 352 /* Generic code, for any base:
335 else do { 353 else do {
336 tmp[i++] = (digits[do_div(num,base)] | locase); 354 tmp[i++] = (digits[do_div(num,base)] | locase);
337 } while (num != 0); 355 } while (num != 0);
338 */ 356 */
339 else if (base != 10) { /* 8 or 16 */ 357 else if (base != 10) { /* 8 or 16 */
340 int mask = base - 1; 358 int mask = base - 1;
341 int shift = 3; 359 int shift = 3;
342 if (base == 16) shift = 4; 360 if (base == 16) shift = 4;
343 do { 361 do {
344 tmp[i++] = (digits[((unsigned char)num) & mask] | locase); 362 tmp[i++] = (digits[((unsigned char)num) & mask] | locase);
345 num >>= shift; 363 num >>= shift;
346 } while (num); 364 } while (num);
347 } else { /* base 10 */ 365 } else { /* base 10 */
348 i = put_dec(tmp, num) - tmp; 366 i = put_dec(tmp, num) - tmp;
349 } 367 }
350 368
351 /* printing 100 using %2d gives "100", not "00" */ 369 /* printing 100 using %2d gives "100", not "00" */
352 if (i > precision) 370 if (i > precision)
353 precision = i; 371 precision = i;
354 /* leading space padding */ 372 /* leading space padding */
355 size -= precision; 373 size -= precision;
356 if (!(type & (ZEROPAD+LEFT))) 374 if (!(type & (ZEROPAD + LEFT))) {
357 while(--size >= 0) 375 while (--size >= 0)
358 *buf++ = ' '; 376 ADDCH(buf, ' ');
377 }
359 /* sign */ 378 /* sign */
360 if (sign) 379 if (sign)
361 *buf++ = sign; 380 ADDCH(buf, sign);
362 /* "0x" / "0" prefix */ 381 /* "0x" / "0" prefix */
363 if (need_pfx) { 382 if (need_pfx) {
364 *buf++ = '0'; 383 ADDCH(buf, '0');
365 if (base == 16) 384 if (base == 16)
366 *buf++ = ('X' | locase); 385 ADDCH(buf, 'X' | locase);
367 } 386 }
368 /* zero or space padding */ 387 /* zero or space padding */
369 if (!(type & LEFT)) { 388 if (!(type & LEFT)) {
370 char c = (type & ZEROPAD) ? '0' : ' '; 389 char c = (type & ZEROPAD) ? '0' : ' ';
390
371 while (--size >= 0) 391 while (--size >= 0)
372 *buf++ = c; 392 ADDCH(buf, c);
373 } 393 }
374 /* hmm even more zero padding? */ 394 /* hmm even more zero padding? */
375 while (i <= --precision) 395 while (i <= --precision)
376 *buf++ = '0'; 396 ADDCH(buf, '0');
377 /* actual digits of result */ 397 /* actual digits of result */
378 while (--i >= 0) 398 while (--i >= 0)
379 *buf++ = tmp[i]; 399 ADDCH(buf, tmp[i]);
380 /* trailing space padding */ 400 /* trailing space padding */
381 while (--size >= 0) 401 while (--size >= 0)
382 *buf++ = ' '; 402 ADDCH(buf, ' ');
383 return buf; 403 return buf;
384 } 404 }
385 405
386 static char *string(char *buf, char *s, int field_width, int precision, int flags) 406 static char *string(char *buf, char *end, char *s, int field_width,
407 int precision, int flags)
387 { 408 {
388 int len, i; 409 int len, i;
389 410
390 if (s == 0) 411 if (s == 0)
391 s = "<NULL>"; 412 s = "<NULL>";
392 413
393 len = strnlen(s, precision); 414 len = strnlen(s, precision);
394 415
395 if (!(flags & LEFT)) 416 if (!(flags & LEFT))
396 while (len < field_width--) 417 while (len < field_width--)
397 *buf++ = ' '; 418 ADDCH(buf, ' ');
398 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 419 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
399 *buf++ = *s++; 420 ADDCH(buf, *s++);
400 while (len < field_width--) 421 while (len < field_width--)
401 *buf++ = ' '; 422 ADDCH(buf, ' ');
402 return buf; 423 return buf;
403 } 424 }
404 425
405 #ifdef CONFIG_CMD_NET 426 #ifdef CONFIG_CMD_NET
406 static char *mac_address_string(char *buf, u8 *addr, int field_width, 427 static char *mac_address_string(char *buf, char *end, u8 *addr, int field_width,
407 int precision, int flags) 428 int precision, int flags)
408 { 429 {
409 char mac_addr[6 * 3]; /* (6 * 2 hex digits), 5 colons and trailing zero */ 430 char mac_addr[6 * 3]; /* (6 * 2 hex digits), 5 colons and trailing zero */
410 char *p = mac_addr; 431 char *p = mac_addr;
411 int i; 432 int i;
412 433
413 for (i = 0; i < 6; i++) { 434 for (i = 0; i < 6; i++) {
414 p = pack_hex_byte(p, addr[i]); 435 p = pack_hex_byte(p, addr[i]);
415 if (!(flags & SPECIAL) && i != 5) 436 if (!(flags & SPECIAL) && i != 5)
416 *p++ = ':'; 437 *p++ = ':';
417 } 438 }
418 *p = '\0'; 439 *p = '\0';
419 440
420 return string(buf, mac_addr, field_width, precision, flags & ~SPECIAL); 441 return string(buf, end, mac_addr, field_width, precision,
442 flags & ~SPECIAL);
421 } 443 }
422 444
423 static char *ip6_addr_string(char *buf, u8 *addr, int field_width, 445 static char *ip6_addr_string(char *buf, char *end, u8 *addr, int field_width,
424 int precision, int flags) 446 int precision, int flags)
425 { 447 {
426 char ip6_addr[8 * 5]; /* (8 * 4 hex digits), 7 colons and trailing zero */ 448 char ip6_addr[8 * 5]; /* (8 * 4 hex digits), 7 colons and trailing zero */
427 char *p = ip6_addr; 449 char *p = ip6_addr;
428 int i; 450 int i;
429 451
430 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) { 452 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
431 p = pack_hex_byte(p, addr[2 * i]); 453 p = pack_hex_byte(p, addr[2 * i]);
432 p = pack_hex_byte(p, addr[2 * i + 1]); 454 p = pack_hex_byte(p, addr[2 * i + 1]);
433 if (!(flags & SPECIAL) && i != 7) 455 if (!(flags & SPECIAL) && i != 7)
434 *p++ = ':'; 456 *p++ = ':';
435 } 457 }
436 *p = '\0'; 458 *p = '\0';
437 459
438 return string(buf, ip6_addr, field_width, precision, flags & ~SPECIAL); 460 return string(buf, end, ip6_addr, field_width, precision,
461 flags & ~SPECIAL);
439 } 462 }
440 463
441 static char *ip4_addr_string(char *buf, u8 *addr, int field_width, 464 static char *ip4_addr_string(char *buf, char *end, u8 *addr, int field_width,
442 int precision, int flags) 465 int precision, int flags)
443 { 466 {
444 char ip4_addr[4 * 4]; /* (4 * 3 decimal digits), 3 dots and trailing zero */ 467 char ip4_addr[4 * 4]; /* (4 * 3 decimal digits), 3 dots and trailing zero */
445 char temp[3]; /* hold each IP quad in reverse order */ 468 char temp[3]; /* hold each IP quad in reverse order */
446 char *p = ip4_addr; 469 char *p = ip4_addr;
447 int i, digits; 470 int i, digits;
448 471
449 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) { 472 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
450 digits = put_dec_trunc(temp, addr[i]) - temp; 473 digits = put_dec_trunc(temp, addr[i]) - temp;
451 /* reverse the digits in the quad */ 474 /* reverse the digits in the quad */
452 while (digits--) 475 while (digits--)
453 *p++ = temp[digits]; 476 *p++ = temp[digits];
454 if (i != 3) 477 if (i != 3)
455 *p++ = '.'; 478 *p++ = '.';
456 } 479 }
457 *p = '\0'; 480 *p = '\0';
458 481
459 return string(buf, ip4_addr, field_width, precision, flags & ~SPECIAL); 482 return string(buf, end, ip4_addr, field_width, precision,
483 flags & ~SPECIAL);
460 } 484 }
461 #endif 485 #endif
462 486
463 /* 487 /*
464 * Show a '%p' thing. A kernel extension is that the '%p' is followed 488 * Show a '%p' thing. A kernel extension is that the '%p' is followed
465 * by an extra set of alphanumeric characters that are extended format 489 * by an extra set of alphanumeric characters that are extended format
466 * specifiers. 490 * specifiers.
467 * 491 *
468 * Right now we handle: 492 * Right now we handle:
469 * 493 *
470 * - 'M' For a 6-byte MAC address, it prints the address in the 494 * - 'M' For a 6-byte MAC address, it prints the address in the
471 * usual colon-separated hex notation 495 * usual colon-separated hex notation
472 * - 'I' [46] for IPv4/IPv6 addresses printed in the usual way (dot-separated 496 * - 'I' [46] for IPv4/IPv6 addresses printed in the usual way (dot-separated
473 * decimal for v4 and colon separated network-order 16 bit hex for v6) 497 * decimal for v4 and colon separated network-order 16 bit hex for v6)
474 * - 'i' [46] for 'raw' IPv4/IPv6 addresses, IPv6 omits the colons, IPv4 is 498 * - 'i' [46] for 'raw' IPv4/IPv6 addresses, IPv6 omits the colons, IPv4 is
475 * currently the same 499 * currently the same
476 * 500 *
477 * Note: The difference between 'S' and 'F' is that on ia64 and ppc64 501 * Note: The difference between 'S' and 'F' is that on ia64 and ppc64
478 * function pointers are really function descriptors, which contain a 502 * function pointers are really function descriptors, which contain a
479 * pointer to the real address. 503 * pointer to the real address.
480 */ 504 */
481 static char *pointer(const char *fmt, char *buf, void *ptr, int field_width, int precision, int flags) 505 static char *pointer(const char *fmt, char *buf, char *end, void *ptr,
506 int field_width, int precision, int flags)
482 { 507 {
483 if (!ptr) 508 if (!ptr)
484 return string(buf, "(null)", field_width, precision, flags); 509 return string(buf, end, "(null)", field_width, precision,
510 flags);
485 511
486 #ifdef CONFIG_CMD_NET 512 #ifdef CONFIG_CMD_NET
487 switch (*fmt) { 513 switch (*fmt) {
488 case 'm': 514 case 'm':
489 flags |= SPECIAL; 515 flags |= SPECIAL;
490 /* Fallthrough */ 516 /* Fallthrough */
491 case 'M': 517 case 'M':
492 return mac_address_string(buf, ptr, field_width, precision, flags); 518 return mac_address_string(buf, end, ptr, field_width,
519 precision, flags);
493 case 'i': 520 case 'i':
494 flags |= SPECIAL; 521 flags |= SPECIAL;
495 /* Fallthrough */ 522 /* Fallthrough */
496 case 'I': 523 case 'I':
497 if (fmt[1] == '6') 524 if (fmt[1] == '6')
498 return ip6_addr_string(buf, ptr, field_width, precision, flags); 525 return ip6_addr_string(buf, end, ptr, field_width,
526 precision, flags);
499 if (fmt[1] == '4') 527 if (fmt[1] == '4')
500 return ip4_addr_string(buf, ptr, field_width, precision, flags); 528 return ip4_addr_string(buf, end, ptr, field_width,
529 precision, flags);
501 flags &= ~SPECIAL; 530 flags &= ~SPECIAL;
502 break; 531 break;
503 } 532 }
504 #endif 533 #endif
505 flags |= SMALL; 534 flags |= SMALL;
506 if (field_width == -1) { 535 if (field_width == -1) {
507 field_width = 2*sizeof(void *); 536 field_width = 2*sizeof(void *);
508 flags |= ZEROPAD; 537 flags |= ZEROPAD;
509 } 538 }
510 return number(buf, (unsigned long) ptr, 16, field_width, precision, flags); 539 return number(buf, end, (unsigned long)ptr, 16, field_width,
540 precision, flags);
511 } 541 }
512 542
513 /** 543 /**
514 * vsprintf - Format a string and place it in a buffer 544 * Format a string and place it in a buffer (base function)
515 * @buf: The buffer to place the result into
516 * @fmt: The format string to use
517 * @args: Arguments for the format string
518 * 545 *
519 * This function follows C99 vsprintf, but has some extensions: 546 * @param buf The buffer to place the result into
547 * @param size The size of the buffer, including the trailing null space
548 * @param fmt The format string to use
549 * @param args Arguments for the format string
550 * @return The number characters which would be generated for the given
551 * input, excluding the trailing '\0', as per ISO C99. Note that fewer
552 * characters may be written if this number of characters is >= size.
553 *
554 * This function follows C99 vsnprintf, but has some extensions:
520 * %pS output the name of a text symbol 555 * %pS output the name of a text symbol
521 * %pF output the name of a function pointer 556 * %pF output the name of a function pointer
522 * %pR output the address range in a struct resource 557 * %pR output the address range in a struct resource
523 * 558 *
524 * The function returns the number of characters written
525 * into @buf.
526 *
527 * Call this function if you are already dealing with a va_list. 559 * Call this function if you are already dealing with a va_list.
528 * You probably want sprintf() instead. 560 * You probably want snprintf() instead.
529 */ 561 */
530 int vsprintf(char *buf, const char *fmt, va_list args) 562 static int vsnprintf_internal(char *buf, size_t size, const char *fmt,
563 va_list args)
531 { 564 {
532 unsigned NUM_TYPE num; 565 unsigned NUM_TYPE num;
533 int base; 566 int base;
534 char *str; 567 char *str;
535 568
536 int flags; /* flags to number() */ 569 int flags; /* flags to number() */
537 570
538 int field_width; /* width of output field */ 571 int field_width; /* width of output field */
539 int precision; /* min. # of digits for integers; max 572 int precision; /* min. # of digits for integers; max
540 number of chars for from string */ 573 number of chars for from string */
541 int qualifier; /* 'h', 'l', or 'L' for integer fields */ 574 int qualifier; /* 'h', 'l', or 'L' for integer fields */
542 /* 'z' support added 23/7/1999 S.H. */ 575 /* 'z' support added 23/7/1999 S.H. */
543 /* 'z' changed to 'Z' --davidm 1/25/99 */ 576 /* 'z' changed to 'Z' --davidm 1/25/99 */
544 /* 't' added for ptrdiff_t */ 577 /* 't' added for ptrdiff_t */
578 char *end = buf + size;
545 579
580 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF
581 /* Make sure end is always >= buf - do we want this in U-Boot? */
582 if (end < buf) {
583 end = ((void *)-1);
584 size = end - buf;
585 }
586 #endif
546 str = buf; 587 str = buf;
547 588
548 for (; *fmt ; ++fmt) { 589 for (; *fmt ; ++fmt) {
549 if (*fmt != '%') { 590 if (*fmt != '%') {
550 *str++ = *fmt; 591 ADDCH(str, *fmt);
551 continue; 592 continue;
552 } 593 }
553 594
554 /* process flags */ 595 /* process flags */
555 flags = 0; 596 flags = 0;
556 repeat: 597 repeat:
557 ++fmt; /* this also skips first '%' */ 598 ++fmt; /* this also skips first '%' */
558 switch (*fmt) { 599 switch (*fmt) {
559 case '-': flags |= LEFT; goto repeat; 600 case '-': flags |= LEFT; goto repeat;
560 case '+': flags |= PLUS; goto repeat; 601 case '+': flags |= PLUS; goto repeat;
561 case ' ': flags |= SPACE; goto repeat; 602 case ' ': flags |= SPACE; goto repeat;
562 case '#': flags |= SPECIAL; goto repeat; 603 case '#': flags |= SPECIAL; goto repeat;
563 case '0': flags |= ZEROPAD; goto repeat; 604 case '0': flags |= ZEROPAD; goto repeat;
564 } 605 }
565 606
566 /* get field width */ 607 /* get field width */
567 field_width = -1; 608 field_width = -1;
568 if (is_digit(*fmt)) 609 if (is_digit(*fmt))
569 field_width = skip_atoi(&fmt); 610 field_width = skip_atoi(&fmt);
570 else if (*fmt == '*') { 611 else if (*fmt == '*') {
571 ++fmt; 612 ++fmt;
572 /* it's the next argument */ 613 /* it's the next argument */
573 field_width = va_arg(args, int); 614 field_width = va_arg(args, int);
574 if (field_width < 0) { 615 if (field_width < 0) {
575 field_width = -field_width; 616 field_width = -field_width;
576 flags |= LEFT; 617 flags |= LEFT;
577 } 618 }
578 } 619 }
579 620
580 /* get the precision */ 621 /* get the precision */
581 precision = -1; 622 precision = -1;
582 if (*fmt == '.') { 623 if (*fmt == '.') {
583 ++fmt; 624 ++fmt;
584 if (is_digit(*fmt)) 625 if (is_digit(*fmt))
585 precision = skip_atoi(&fmt); 626 precision = skip_atoi(&fmt);
586 else if (*fmt == '*') { 627 else if (*fmt == '*') {
587 ++fmt; 628 ++fmt;
588 /* it's the next argument */ 629 /* it's the next argument */
589 precision = va_arg(args, int); 630 precision = va_arg(args, int);
590 } 631 }
591 if (precision < 0) 632 if (precision < 0)
592 precision = 0; 633 precision = 0;
593 } 634 }
594 635
595 /* get the conversion qualifier */ 636 /* get the conversion qualifier */
596 qualifier = -1; 637 qualifier = -1;
597 if (*fmt == 'h' || *fmt == 'l' || *fmt == 'L' || 638 if (*fmt == 'h' || *fmt == 'l' || *fmt == 'L' ||
598 *fmt == 'Z' || *fmt == 'z' || *fmt == 't') { 639 *fmt == 'Z' || *fmt == 'z' || *fmt == 't') {
599 qualifier = *fmt; 640 qualifier = *fmt;
600 ++fmt; 641 ++fmt;
601 if (qualifier == 'l' && *fmt == 'l') { 642 if (qualifier == 'l' && *fmt == 'l') {
602 qualifier = 'L'; 643 qualifier = 'L';
603 ++fmt; 644 ++fmt;
604 } 645 }
605 } 646 }
606 647
607 /* default base */ 648 /* default base */
608 base = 10; 649 base = 10;
609 650
610 switch (*fmt) { 651 switch (*fmt) {
611 case 'c': 652 case 'c':
612 if (!(flags & LEFT)) 653 if (!(flags & LEFT)) {
613 while (--field_width > 0) 654 while (--field_width > 0)
614 *str++ = ' '; 655 ADDCH(str, ' ');
615 *str++ = (unsigned char) va_arg(args, int); 656 }
657 ADDCH(str, (unsigned char) va_arg(args, int));
616 while (--field_width > 0) 658 while (--field_width > 0)
617 *str++ = ' '; 659 ADDCH(str, ' ');
618 continue; 660 continue;
619 661
620 case 's': 662 case 's':
621 str = string(str, va_arg(args, char *), field_width, precision, flags); 663 str = string(str, end, va_arg(args, char *),
664 field_width, precision, flags);
622 continue; 665 continue;
623 666
624 case 'p': 667 case 'p':
625 str = pointer(fmt+1, str, 668 str = pointer(fmt+1, str, end,
626 va_arg(args, void *), 669 va_arg(args, void *),
627 field_width, precision, flags); 670 field_width, precision, flags);
628 /* Skip all alphanumeric pointer suffixes */ 671 /* Skip all alphanumeric pointer suffixes */
629 while (isalnum(fmt[1])) 672 while (isalnum(fmt[1]))
630 fmt++; 673 fmt++;
631 continue; 674 continue;
632 675
633 case 'n': 676 case 'n':
634 if (qualifier == 'l') { 677 if (qualifier == 'l') {
635 long * ip = va_arg(args, long *); 678 long * ip = va_arg(args, long *);
636 *ip = (str - buf); 679 *ip = (str - buf);
637 } else { 680 } else {
638 int * ip = va_arg(args, int *); 681 int * ip = va_arg(args, int *);
639 *ip = (str - buf); 682 *ip = (str - buf);
640 } 683 }
641 continue; 684 continue;
642 685
643 case '%': 686 case '%':
644 *str++ = '%'; 687 ADDCH(str, '%');
645 continue; 688 continue;
646 689
647 /* integer number formats - set up the flags and "break" */ 690 /* integer number formats - set up the flags and "break" */
648 case 'o': 691 case 'o':
649 base = 8; 692 base = 8;
650 break; 693 break;
651 694
652 case 'x': 695 case 'x':
653 flags |= SMALL; 696 flags |= SMALL;
654 case 'X': 697 case 'X':
655 base = 16; 698 base = 16;
656 break; 699 break;
657 700
658 case 'd': 701 case 'd':
659 case 'i': 702 case 'i':
660 flags |= SIGN; 703 flags |= SIGN;
661 case 'u': 704 case 'u':
662 break; 705 break;
663 706
664 default: 707 default:
665 *str++ = '%'; 708 ADDCH(str, '%');
666 if (*fmt) 709 if (*fmt)
667 *str++ = *fmt; 710 ADDCH(str, *fmt);
668 else 711 else
669 --fmt; 712 --fmt;
670 continue; 713 continue;
671 } 714 }
672 if (qualifier == 'L') /* "quad" for 64 bit variables */ 715 if (qualifier == 'L') /* "quad" for 64 bit variables */
673 num = va_arg(args, unsigned long long); 716 num = va_arg(args, unsigned long long);
674 else if (qualifier == 'l') { 717 else if (qualifier == 'l') {
675 num = va_arg(args, unsigned long); 718 num = va_arg(args, unsigned long);
676 if (flags & SIGN) 719 if (flags & SIGN)
677 num = (signed long) num; 720 num = (signed long) num;
678 } else if (qualifier == 'Z' || qualifier == 'z') { 721 } else if (qualifier == 'Z' || qualifier == 'z') {
679 num = va_arg(args, size_t); 722 num = va_arg(args, size_t);
680 } else if (qualifier == 't') { 723 } else if (qualifier == 't') {
681 num = va_arg(args, ptrdiff_t); 724 num = va_arg(args, ptrdiff_t);
682 } else if (qualifier == 'h') { 725 } else if (qualifier == 'h') {
683 num = (unsigned short) va_arg(args, int); 726 num = (unsigned short) va_arg(args, int);
684 if (flags & SIGN) 727 if (flags & SIGN)
685 num = (signed short) num; 728 num = (signed short) num;
686 } else { 729 } else {
687 num = va_arg(args, unsigned int); 730 num = va_arg(args, unsigned int);
688 if (flags & SIGN) 731 if (flags & SIGN)
689 num = (signed int) num; 732 num = (signed int) num;
690 } 733 }
691 str = number(str, num, base, field_width, precision, flags); 734 str = number(str, end, num, base, field_width, precision,
735 flags);
692 } 736 }
737
738 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF
739 if (size > 0) {
740 ADDCH(str, '\0');
741 if (str > end)
742 end[-1] = '\0';
743 }
744 #else
693 *str = '\0'; 745 *str = '\0';
746 #endif
747 /* the trailing null byte doesn't count towards the total */
694 return str-buf; 748 return str-buf;
695 } 749 }
696 750
751 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF
752 int vsnprintf(char *buf, size_t size, const char *fmt,
753 va_list args)
754 {
755 return vsnprintf_internal(buf, size, fmt, args);
756 }
757
697 /** 758 /**
698 * sprintf - Format a string and place it in a buffer 759 * Format a string and place it in a buffer (va_list version)
699 * @buf: The buffer to place the result into 760 *
700 * @fmt: The format string to use 761 * @param buf The buffer to place the result into
701 * @...: Arguments for the format string 762 * @param size The size of the buffer, including the trailing null space
763 * @param fmt The format string to use
764 * @param args Arguments for the format string
765 * @return the number of characters which have been written into
766 * the @buf not including the trailing '\0'. If @size is == 0 the function
767 * returns 0.
768 *
769 * If you're not already dealing with a va_list consider using scnprintf().
770 *
771 * See the vsprintf() documentation for format string extensions over C99.
772 */
773 int vscnprintf(char *buf, size_t size, const char *fmt, va_list args)
774 {
775 int i;
776
777 i = vsnprintf(buf, size, fmt, args);
778
779 if (likely(i < size))
780 return i;
781 if (size != 0)
782 return size - 1;
783 return 0;
784 }
785
786 /**
787 * Format a string and place it in a buffer
788 *
789 * @param buf The buffer to place the result into
790 * @param size The size of the buffer, including the trailing null space
791 * @param fmt The format string to use
792 * @param ... Arguments for the format string
793 * @return the number of characters which would be
794 * generated for the given input, excluding the trailing null,
795 * as per ISO C99. If the return is greater than or equal to
796 * @size, the resulting string is truncated.
797 *
798 * See the vsprintf() documentation for format string extensions over C99.
799 */
800 int snprintf(char *buf, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...)
801 {
802 va_list args;
803 int i;
804
805 va_start(args, fmt);
806 i = vsnprintf(buf, size, fmt, args);
807 va_end(args);
808
809 return i;
810 }
811
812 /**
813 * Format a string and place it in a buffer
814 *
815 * @param buf The buffer to place the result into
816 * @param size The size of the buffer, including the trailing null space
817 * @param fmt The format string to use
818 * @param ... Arguments for the format string
819 *
820 * The return value is the number of characters written into @buf not including
821 * the trailing '\0'. If @size is == 0 the function returns 0.
822 *
823 * See the vsprintf() documentation for format string extensions over C99.
824 */
825
826 int scnprintf(char *buf, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...)
827 {
828 va_list args;
829 int i;
830
831 va_start(args, fmt);
832 i = vscnprintf(buf, size, fmt, args);
833 va_end(args);
834
835 return i;
836 }
837 #endif /* CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINT */
838
839 /**
840 * Format a string and place it in a buffer (va_list version)
841 *
842 * @param buf The buffer to place the result into
843 * @param fmt The format string to use
844 * @param args Arguments for the format string
845 *
846 * The function returns the number of characters written
847 * into @buf. Use vsnprintf() or vscnprintf() in order to avoid
848 * buffer overflows.
849 *
850 * If you're not already dealing with a va_list consider using sprintf().
851 */
852 int vsprintf(char *buf, const char *fmt, va_list args)
853 {
854 return vsnprintf_internal(buf, INT_MAX, fmt, args);
855 }
856
857 /**
858 * Format a string and place it in a buffer
859 *
860 * @param buf The buffer to place the result into
861 * @param fmt The format string to use
862 * @param ... Arguments for the format string
702 * 863 *
703 * The function returns the number of characters written 864 * The function returns the number of characters written
704 * into @buf. 865 * into @buf.
705 * 866 *
706 * See the vsprintf() documentation for format string extensions over C99. 867 * See the vsprintf() documentation for format string extensions over C99.
707 */ 868 */
708 int sprintf(char * buf, const char *fmt, ...) 869 int sprintf(char * buf, const char *fmt, ...)
709 { 870 {
710 va_list args; 871 va_list args;
711 int i; 872 int i;
712 873
713 va_start(args, fmt); 874 va_start(args, fmt);
714 i=vsprintf(buf,fmt,args); 875 i=vsprintf(buf,fmt,args);
715 va_end(args); 876 va_end(args);
716 return i; 877 return i;
717 } 878 }
718 879
719 void panic(const char *fmt, ...) 880 void panic(const char *fmt, ...)
720 { 881 {
721 va_list args; 882 va_list args;
722 va_start(args, fmt); 883 va_start(args, fmt);
723 vprintf(fmt, args); 884 vprintf(fmt, args);
724 putc('\n'); 885 putc('\n');
725 va_end(args); 886 va_end(args);
726 #if defined (CONFIG_PANIC_HANG) 887 #if defined (CONFIG_PANIC_HANG)
727 hang(); 888 hang();
728 #else 889 #else
729 udelay (100000); /* allow messages to go out */ 890 udelay (100000); /* allow messages to go out */
730 do_reset (NULL, 0, 0, NULL); 891 do_reset (NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
731 #endif 892 #endif
732 while (1) 893 while (1)
733 ; 894 ;
734 } 895 }
735 896
736 void __assert_fail(const char *assertion, const char *file, unsigned line, 897 void __assert_fail(const char *assertion, const char *file, unsigned line,
737 const char *function) 898 const char *function)
738 { 899 {
739 /* This will not return */ 900 /* This will not return */
740 panic("%s:%u: %s: Assertion `%s' failed.", file, line, function, 901 panic("%s:%u: %s: Assertion `%s' failed.", file, line, function,
741 assertion); 902 assertion);
742 } 903 }
743 904
744 char *simple_itoa(ulong i) 905 char *simple_itoa(ulong i)
745 { 906 {
746 /* 21 digits plus null terminator, good for 64-bit or smaller ints */ 907 /* 21 digits plus null terminator, good for 64-bit or smaller ints */
747 static char local[22]; 908 static char local[22];
748 char *p = &local[21]; 909 char *p = &local[21];
749 910
750 *p-- = '\0'; 911 *p-- = '\0';
751 do { 912 do {